]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/optabs.c
optabs.c (expand_binop): Use GET_MODE_PRECISION instead of GET_MODE_BITSIZE where...
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / optabs.c
CommitLineData
77c9c6c2 1/* Expand the basic unary and binary arithmetic operations, for GNU compiler.
d050d723 2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
146aef0b
JJ
3 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
4 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
77c9c6c2 5
1322177d 6This file is part of GCC.
77c9c6c2 7
1322177d
LB
8GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
9the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9dcd6f09 10Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
1322177d 11version.
77c9c6c2 12
1322177d
LB
13GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
14WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
15FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
16for more details.
77c9c6c2
RK
17
18You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
9dcd6f09
NC
19along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
20<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
77c9c6c2
RK
21
22
23#include "config.h"
670ee920 24#include "system.h"
4977bab6
ZW
25#include "coretypes.h"
26#include "tm.h"
718f9c0f 27#include "diagnostic-core.h"
dff01034
KG
28
29/* Include insn-config.h before expr.h so that HAVE_conditional_move
dc297297 30 is properly defined. */
dff01034 31#include "insn-config.h"
77c9c6c2
RK
32#include "rtl.h"
33#include "tree.h"
6baf1cc8 34#include "tm_p.h"
77c9c6c2 35#include "flags.h"
49ad7cfa 36#include "function.h"
52a11cbf 37#include "except.h"
77c9c6c2 38#include "expr.h"
e78d8e51
ZW
39#include "optabs.h"
40#include "libfuncs.h"
77c9c6c2 41#include "recog.h"
2829c155 42#include "reload.h"
87ff9c8e 43#include "ggc.h"
4a69cf79 44#include "basic-block.h"
c15c90bb 45#include "target.h"
77c9c6c2 46
4bcbfa03 47struct target_optabs default_target_optabs;
3e9c326a 48struct target_libfuncs default_target_libfuncs;
4bcbfa03
RS
49#if SWITCHABLE_TARGET
50struct target_optabs *this_target_optabs = &default_target_optabs;
3e9c326a 51struct target_libfuncs *this_target_libfuncs = &default_target_libfuncs;
4bcbfa03 52#endif
34220a12 53
3e9c326a
RS
54#define libfunc_hash \
55 (this_target_libfuncs->x_libfunc_hash)
19c3fc24 56
377017c4
RK
57/* Contains the optab used for each rtx code. */
58optab code_to_optab[NUM_RTX_CODE + 1];
59
f90b7a5a
PB
60static void prepare_float_lib_cmp (rtx, rtx, enum rtx_code, rtx *,
61 enum machine_mode *);
9cce5b20 62static rtx expand_unop_direct (enum machine_mode, optab, rtx, rtx, int);
842a431a 63
8a33f100
JH
64/* Debug facility for use in GDB. */
65void debug_optab_libfuncs (void);
66
79b87c74
MM
67/* Prefixes for the current version of decimal floating point (BID vs. DPD) */
68#if ENABLE_DECIMAL_BID_FORMAT
69#define DECIMAL_PREFIX "bid_"
70#else
71#define DECIMAL_PREFIX "dpd_"
72#endif
8a33f100 73\f
3e9c326a 74/* Used for libfunc_hash. */
8a33f100
JH
75
76static hashval_t
77hash_libfunc (const void *p)
78{
79 const struct libfunc_entry *const e = (const struct libfunc_entry *) p;
80
81 return (((int) e->mode1 + (int) e->mode2 * NUM_MACHINE_MODES)
a48b501c 82 ^ e->optab);
8a33f100
JH
83}
84
3e9c326a 85/* Used for libfunc_hash. */
8a33f100
JH
86
87static int
88eq_libfunc (const void *p, const void *q)
89{
90 const struct libfunc_entry *const e1 = (const struct libfunc_entry *) p;
91 const struct libfunc_entry *const e2 = (const struct libfunc_entry *) q;
92
93 return (e1->optab == e2->optab
94 && e1->mode1 == e2->mode1
95 && e1->mode2 == e2->mode2);
96}
97
98/* Return libfunc corresponding operation defined by OPTAB converting
99 from MODE2 to MODE1. Trigger lazy initialization if needed, return NULL
100 if no libfunc is available. */
101rtx
102convert_optab_libfunc (convert_optab optab, enum machine_mode mode1,
103 enum machine_mode mode2)
104{
105 struct libfunc_entry e;
106 struct libfunc_entry **slot;
107
33727b5e 108 e.optab = (size_t) (optab - &convert_optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
109 e.mode1 = mode1;
110 e.mode2 = mode2;
111 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash, &e, NO_INSERT);
112 if (!slot)
113 {
114 if (optab->libcall_gen)
115 {
116 optab->libcall_gen (optab, optab->libcall_basename, mode1, mode2);
117 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash, &e, NO_INSERT);
118 if (slot)
119 return (*slot)->libfunc;
120 else
121 return NULL;
122 }
123 return NULL;
124 }
125 return (*slot)->libfunc;
126}
127
128/* Return libfunc corresponding operation defined by OPTAB in MODE.
129 Trigger lazy initialization if needed, return NULL if no libfunc is
130 available. */
131rtx
132optab_libfunc (optab optab, enum machine_mode mode)
133{
134 struct libfunc_entry e;
135 struct libfunc_entry **slot;
136
33727b5e 137 e.optab = (size_t) (optab - &optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
138 e.mode1 = mode;
139 e.mode2 = VOIDmode;
140 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash, &e, NO_INSERT);
141 if (!slot)
142 {
143 if (optab->libcall_gen)
144 {
145 optab->libcall_gen (optab, optab->libcall_basename,
146 optab->libcall_suffix, mode);
147 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash,
148 &e, NO_INSERT);
149 if (slot)
150 return (*slot)->libfunc;
151 else
152 return NULL;
153 }
154 return NULL;
155 }
156 return (*slot)->libfunc;
157}
79b87c74 158
77c9c6c2 159\f
2f937369 160/* Add a REG_EQUAL note to the last insn in INSNS. TARGET is being set to
77c9c6c2
RK
161 the result of operation CODE applied to OP0 (and OP1 if it is a binary
162 operation).
163
164 If the last insn does not set TARGET, don't do anything, but return 1.
165
166 If a previous insn sets TARGET and TARGET is one of OP0 or OP1,
167 don't add the REG_EQUAL note but return 0. Our caller can then try
168 again, ensuring that TARGET is not one of the operands. */
169
170static int
0c20a65f 171add_equal_note (rtx insns, rtx target, enum rtx_code code, rtx op0, rtx op1)
77c9c6c2 172{
2f937369 173 rtx last_insn, insn, set;
77c9c6c2
RK
174 rtx note;
175
e3feb571 176 gcc_assert (insns && INSN_P (insns) && NEXT_INSN (insns));
2f937369 177
ec8e098d
PB
178 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMM_ARITH
179 && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_BIN_ARITH
180 && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMM_COMPARE
181 && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMPARE
182 && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_UNARY)
2f937369
DM
183 return 1;
184
185 if (GET_CODE (target) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
186 return 1;
187
188 for (last_insn = insns;
189 NEXT_INSN (last_insn) != NULL_RTX;
190 last_insn = NEXT_INSN (last_insn))
191 ;
192
193 set = single_set (last_insn);
194 if (set == NULL_RTX)
195 return 1;
196
197 if (! rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), target)
f9d36a92 198 /* For a STRICT_LOW_PART, the REG_NOTE applies to what is inside it. */
2f937369 199 && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != STRICT_LOW_PART
f9d36a92 200 || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0), target)))
77c9c6c2
RK
201 return 1;
202
203 /* If TARGET is in OP0 or OP1, check if anything in SEQ sets TARGET
204 besides the last insn. */
205 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (target, op0)
206 || (op1 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (target, op1)))
2f937369
DM
207 {
208 insn = PREV_INSN (last_insn);
209 while (insn != NULL_RTX)
210 {
211 if (reg_set_p (target, insn))
212 return 0;
213
214 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
215 }
216 }
77c9c6c2 217
ec8e098d 218 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_UNARY)
9e6a5703 219 note = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (target), copy_rtx (op0));
77c9c6c2 220 else
9e6a5703 221 note = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (target), copy_rtx (op0), copy_rtx (op1));
77c9c6c2 222
2f937369 223 set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, note);
77c9c6c2
RK
224
225 return 1;
226}
227\f
835532b8
RK
228/* Widen OP to MODE and return the rtx for the widened operand. UNSIGNEDP
229 says whether OP is signed or unsigned. NO_EXTEND is nonzero if we need
0c20a65f 230 not actually do a sign-extend or zero-extend, but can leave the
835532b8
RK
231 higher-order bits of the result rtx undefined, for example, in the case
232 of logical operations, but not right shifts. */
233
234static rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
235widen_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode oldmode,
236 int unsignedp, int no_extend)
835532b8
RK
237{
238 rtx result;
239
8041889f
RK
240 /* If we don't have to extend and this is a constant, return it. */
241 if (no_extend && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
242 return op;
243
244 /* If we must extend do so. If OP is a SUBREG for a promoted object, also
245 extend since it will be more efficient to do so unless the signedness of
246 a promoted object differs from our extension. */
835532b8 247 if (! no_extend
cb8f73be
RK
248 || (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
249 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op) == unsignedp))
0661a3de 250 return convert_modes (mode, oldmode, op, unsignedp);
835532b8
RK
251
252 /* If MODE is no wider than a single word, we return a paradoxical
253 SUBREG. */
254 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
9e6a5703 255 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, force_reg (GET_MODE (op), op), 0);
835532b8
RK
256
257 /* Otherwise, get an object of MODE, clobber it, and set the low-order
258 part to OP. */
259
260 result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
c41c1387 261 emit_clobber (result);
835532b8
RK
262 emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (op), result), op);
263 return result;
264}
265\f
71d46ca5
MM
266/* Return the optab used for computing the operation given by the tree code,
267 CODE and the tree EXP. This function is not always usable (for example, it
268 cannot give complete results for multiplication or division) but probably
269 ought to be relied on more widely throughout the expander. */
26277d41 270optab
71d46ca5
MM
271optab_for_tree_code (enum tree_code code, const_tree type,
272 enum optab_subtype subtype)
26277d41
PB
273{
274 bool trapv;
275 switch (code)
276 {
277 case BIT_AND_EXPR:
278 return and_optab;
279
280 case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
281 return ior_optab;
282
283 case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
284 return one_cmpl_optab;
285
286 case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
287 return xor_optab;
288
289 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
290 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
291 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
292 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
293 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? umod_optab : smod_optab;
294
295 case RDIV_EXPR:
296 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
297 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
298 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
299 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
300 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
0f996086
CF
301 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
302 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? usdiv_optab : ssdiv_optab;
26277d41
PB
303 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? udiv_optab : sdiv_optab;
304
305 case LSHIFT_EXPR:
8750672f 306 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
71d46ca5
MM
307 {
308 if (subtype == optab_vector)
309 return TYPE_SATURATING (type) ? NULL : vashl_optab;
310
311 gcc_assert (subtype == optab_scalar);
312 }
0f996086
CF
313 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
314 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? usashl_optab : ssashl_optab;
26277d41
PB
315 return ashl_optab;
316
317 case RSHIFT_EXPR:
8750672f 318 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
71d46ca5
MM
319 {
320 if (subtype == optab_vector)
321 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? vlshr_optab : vashr_optab;
322
323 gcc_assert (subtype == optab_scalar);
324 }
26277d41
PB
325 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? lshr_optab : ashr_optab;
326
327 case LROTATE_EXPR:
8750672f 328 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
71d46ca5
MM
329 {
330 if (subtype == optab_vector)
331 return vrotl_optab;
332
333 gcc_assert (subtype == optab_scalar);
334 }
26277d41
PB
335 return rotl_optab;
336
337 case RROTATE_EXPR:
8750672f 338 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
71d46ca5
MM
339 {
340 if (subtype == optab_vector)
341 return vrotr_optab;
342
343 gcc_assert (subtype == optab_scalar);
344 }
26277d41
PB
345 return rotr_optab;
346
347 case MAX_EXPR:
348 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? umax_optab : smax_optab;
349
350 case MIN_EXPR:
351 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? umin_optab : smin_optab;
352
7ccf35ed
DN
353 case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR:
354 return vec_realign_load_optab;
355
20f06221
DN
356 case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR:
357 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? usum_widen_optab : ssum_widen_optab;
358
359 case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
360 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? udot_prod_optab : sdot_prod_optab;
361
0354c0c7
BS
362 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
363 return (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
364 ? (TYPE_SATURATING (type)
365 ? usmadd_widen_optab : umadd_widen_optab)
366 : (TYPE_SATURATING (type)
367 ? ssmadd_widen_optab : smadd_widen_optab));
368
369 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
370 return (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
371 ? (TYPE_SATURATING (type)
372 ? usmsub_widen_optab : umsub_widen_optab)
373 : (TYPE_SATURATING (type)
374 ? ssmsub_widen_optab : smsub_widen_optab));
375
16949072
RG
376 case FMA_EXPR:
377 return fma_optab;
378
61d3cdbb
DN
379 case REDUC_MAX_EXPR:
380 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? reduc_umax_optab : reduc_smax_optab;
381
382 case REDUC_MIN_EXPR:
383 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? reduc_umin_optab : reduc_smin_optab;
384
385 case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR:
a6b46ba2
DN
386 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? reduc_uplus_optab : reduc_splus_optab;
387
388 case VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR:
389 return vec_shl_optab;
390
391 case VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR:
392 return vec_shr_optab;
61d3cdbb 393
89d67cca 394 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR:
b8698a0f 395 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
89d67cca
DN
396 vec_widen_umult_hi_optab : vec_widen_smult_hi_optab;
397
398 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR:
b8698a0f 399 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
89d67cca
DN
400 vec_widen_umult_lo_optab : vec_widen_smult_lo_optab;
401
402 case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR:
8115817b 403 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
89d67cca
DN
404 vec_unpacku_hi_optab : vec_unpacks_hi_optab;
405
406 case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR:
b8698a0f 407 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
89d67cca
DN
408 vec_unpacku_lo_optab : vec_unpacks_lo_optab;
409
d9987fb4
UB
410 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR:
411 /* The signedness is determined from input operand. */
412 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
413 vec_unpacku_float_hi_optab : vec_unpacks_float_hi_optab;
414
415 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR:
416 /* The signedness is determined from input operand. */
b8698a0f 417 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
d9987fb4
UB
418 vec_unpacku_float_lo_optab : vec_unpacks_float_lo_optab;
419
8115817b
UB
420 case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR:
421 return vec_pack_trunc_optab;
422
89d67cca
DN
423 case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR:
424 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? vec_pack_usat_optab : vec_pack_ssat_optab;
8115817b 425
d9987fb4 426 case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9f106823 427 /* The signedness is determined from output operand. */
d9987fb4
UB
428 return TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ?
429 vec_pack_ufix_trunc_optab : vec_pack_sfix_trunc_optab;
430
26277d41
PB
431 default:
432 break;
433 }
434
eeef0e45 435 trapv = INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) && TYPE_OVERFLOW_TRAPS (type);
26277d41
PB
436 switch (code)
437 {
5be014d5 438 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
26277d41 439 case PLUS_EXPR:
0f996086
CF
440 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
441 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? usadd_optab : ssadd_optab;
26277d41
PB
442 return trapv ? addv_optab : add_optab;
443
444 case MINUS_EXPR:
0f996086
CF
445 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
446 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? ussub_optab : sssub_optab;
26277d41
PB
447 return trapv ? subv_optab : sub_optab;
448
449 case MULT_EXPR:
0f996086
CF
450 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
451 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? usmul_optab : ssmul_optab;
26277d41
PB
452 return trapv ? smulv_optab : smul_optab;
453
454 case NEGATE_EXPR:
0f996086
CF
455 if (TYPE_SATURATING(type))
456 return TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ? usneg_optab : ssneg_optab;
26277d41
PB
457 return trapv ? negv_optab : neg_optab;
458
459 case ABS_EXPR:
460 return trapv ? absv_optab : abs_optab;
461
98b44b0e
IR
462 case VEC_EXTRACT_EVEN_EXPR:
463 return vec_extract_even_optab;
464
465 case VEC_EXTRACT_ODD_EXPR:
466 return vec_extract_odd_optab;
467
468 case VEC_INTERLEAVE_HIGH_EXPR:
469 return vec_interleave_high_optab;
470
471 case VEC_INTERLEAVE_LOW_EXPR:
472 return vec_interleave_low_optab;
473
26277d41
PB
474 default:
475 return NULL;
476 }
477}
273a2526 478\f
7ccf35ed 479
20f06221
DN
480/* Expand vector widening operations.
481
482 There are two different classes of operations handled here:
483 1) Operations whose result is wider than all the arguments to the operation.
484 Examples: VEC_UNPACK_HI/LO_EXPR, VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI/LO_EXPR
485 In this case OP0 and optionally OP1 would be initialized,
486 but WIDE_OP wouldn't (not relevant for this case).
487 2) Operations whose result is of the same size as the last argument to the
488 operation, but wider than all the other arguments to the operation.
489 Examples: WIDEN_SUM_EXPR, VEC_DOT_PROD_EXPR.
490 In the case WIDE_OP, OP0 and optionally OP1 would be initialized.
491
492 E.g, when called to expand the following operations, this is how
493 the arguments will be initialized:
494 nops OP0 OP1 WIDE_OP
b8698a0f 495 widening-sum 2 oprnd0 - oprnd1
20f06221
DN
496 widening-dot-product 3 oprnd0 oprnd1 oprnd2
497 widening-mult 2 oprnd0 oprnd1 -
498 type-promotion (vec-unpack) 1 oprnd0 - - */
499
500rtx
8e7aa1f9
MM
501expand_widen_pattern_expr (sepops ops, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx wide_op,
502 rtx target, int unsignedp)
b8698a0f 503{
a5c7d693 504 struct expand_operand eops[4];
20f06221 505 tree oprnd0, oprnd1, oprnd2;
81f40b79 506 enum machine_mode wmode = VOIDmode, tmode0, tmode1 = VOIDmode;
20f06221 507 optab widen_pattern_optab;
a5c7d693 508 enum insn_code icode;
8e7aa1f9 509 int nops = TREE_CODE_LENGTH (ops->code);
a5c7d693 510 int op;
20f06221 511
8e7aa1f9 512 oprnd0 = ops->op0;
20f06221
DN
513 tmode0 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (oprnd0));
514 widen_pattern_optab =
8e7aa1f9 515 optab_for_tree_code (ops->code, TREE_TYPE (oprnd0), optab_default);
0354c0c7
BS
516 if (ops->code == WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR
517 || ops->code == WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR)
a5c7d693
RS
518 icode = optab_handler (widen_pattern_optab,
519 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (ops->op2)));
0354c0c7 520 else
a5c7d693 521 icode = optab_handler (widen_pattern_optab, tmode0);
20f06221 522 gcc_assert (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing);
20f06221
DN
523
524 if (nops >= 2)
525 {
8e7aa1f9 526 oprnd1 = ops->op1;
20f06221 527 tmode1 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (oprnd1));
20f06221
DN
528 }
529
530 /* The last operand is of a wider mode than the rest of the operands. */
531 if (nops == 2)
a5c7d693 532 wmode = tmode1;
20f06221
DN
533 else if (nops == 3)
534 {
535 gcc_assert (tmode1 == tmode0);
536 gcc_assert (op1);
8e7aa1f9 537 oprnd2 = ops->op2;
20f06221 538 wmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (oprnd2));
20f06221
DN
539 }
540
a5c7d693
RS
541 op = 0;
542 create_output_operand (&eops[op++], target, TYPE_MODE (ops->type));
543 create_convert_operand_from (&eops[op++], op0, tmode0, unsignedp);
20f06221 544 if (op1)
a5c7d693 545 create_convert_operand_from (&eops[op++], op1, tmode1, unsignedp);
20f06221 546 if (wide_op)
a5c7d693
RS
547 create_convert_operand_from (&eops[op++], wide_op, wmode, unsignedp);
548 expand_insn (icode, op, eops);
549 return eops[0].value;
20f06221
DN
550}
551
7ccf35ed
DN
552/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by TERNARY_OPTAB
553 on operands OP0, OP1 and OP2, with result having machine-mode MODE.
554
555 UNSIGNEDP is for the case where we have to widen the operands
556 to perform the operation. It says to use zero-extension.
557
558 If TARGET is nonzero, the value
559 is generated there, if it is convenient to do so.
560 In all cases an rtx is returned for the locus of the value;
561 this may or may not be TARGET. */
562
563rtx
c414ac1d
EC
564expand_ternary_op (enum machine_mode mode, optab ternary_optab, rtx op0,
565 rtx op1, rtx op2, rtx target, int unsignedp)
7ccf35ed 566{
a5c7d693
RS
567 struct expand_operand ops[4];
568 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (ternary_optab, mode);
7ccf35ed 569
947131ba 570 gcc_assert (optab_handler (ternary_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing);
7ccf35ed 571
a5c7d693
RS
572 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
573 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[1], op0, mode, unsignedp);
574 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[2], op1, mode, unsignedp);
575 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[3], op2, mode, unsignedp);
576 expand_insn (icode, 4, ops);
577 return ops[0].value;
7ccf35ed
DN
578}
579
580
273a2526
RS
581/* Like expand_binop, but return a constant rtx if the result can be
582 calculated at compile time. The arguments and return value are
583 otherwise the same as for expand_binop. */
584
585static rtx
586simplify_expand_binop (enum machine_mode mode, optab binoptab,
587 rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target, int unsignedp,
588 enum optab_methods methods)
589{
590 if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && CONSTANT_P (op1))
68162a97
ILT
591 {
592 rtx x = simplify_binary_operation (binoptab->code, mode, op0, op1);
593
594 if (x)
595 return x;
596 }
597
598 return expand_binop (mode, binoptab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, methods);
273a2526
RS
599}
600
601/* Like simplify_expand_binop, but always put the result in TARGET.
602 Return true if the expansion succeeded. */
603
bef5d8b6 604bool
273a2526
RS
605force_expand_binop (enum machine_mode mode, optab binoptab,
606 rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target, int unsignedp,
607 enum optab_methods methods)
608{
609 rtx x = simplify_expand_binop (mode, binoptab, op0, op1,
610 target, unsignedp, methods);
611 if (x == 0)
612 return false;
613 if (x != target)
614 emit_move_insn (target, x);
615 return true;
616}
617
a6b46ba2
DN
618/* Generate insns for VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR, VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR. */
619
620rtx
8e7aa1f9 621expand_vec_shift_expr (sepops ops, rtx target)
a6b46ba2 622{
a5c7d693 623 struct expand_operand eops[3];
a6b46ba2
DN
624 enum insn_code icode;
625 rtx rtx_op1, rtx_op2;
8e7aa1f9
MM
626 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (ops->type);
627 tree vec_oprnd = ops->op0;
628 tree shift_oprnd = ops->op1;
a6b46ba2 629 optab shift_optab;
a6b46ba2 630
8e7aa1f9 631 switch (ops->code)
a6b46ba2
DN
632 {
633 case VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR:
634 shift_optab = vec_shr_optab;
635 break;
636 case VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR:
637 shift_optab = vec_shl_optab;
638 break;
639 default:
640 gcc_unreachable ();
641 }
642
947131ba 643 icode = optab_handler (shift_optab, mode);
a6b46ba2
DN
644 gcc_assert (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing);
645
49452c07 646 rtx_op1 = expand_normal (vec_oprnd);
49452c07 647 rtx_op2 = expand_normal (shift_oprnd);
a6b46ba2 648
a5c7d693
RS
649 create_output_operand (&eops[0], target, mode);
650 create_input_operand (&eops[1], rtx_op1, GET_MODE (rtx_op1));
651 create_convert_operand_from_type (&eops[2], rtx_op2, TREE_TYPE (shift_oprnd));
652 expand_insn (icode, 3, eops);
a6b46ba2 653
a5c7d693 654 return eops[0].value;
a6b46ba2
DN
655}
656
273a2526
RS
657/* This subroutine of expand_doubleword_shift handles the cases in which
658 the effective shift value is >= BITS_PER_WORD. The arguments and return
659 value are the same as for the parent routine, except that SUPERWORD_OP1
660 is the shift count to use when shifting OUTOF_INPUT into INTO_TARGET.
661 INTO_TARGET may be null if the caller has decided to calculate it. */
662
663static bool
664expand_superword_shift (optab binoptab, rtx outof_input, rtx superword_op1,
665 rtx outof_target, rtx into_target,
666 int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods)
667{
668 if (into_target != 0)
669 if (!force_expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, outof_input, superword_op1,
670 into_target, unsignedp, methods))
671 return false;
672
673 if (outof_target != 0)
674 {
675 /* For a signed right shift, we must fill OUTOF_TARGET with copies
676 of the sign bit, otherwise we must fill it with zeros. */
677 if (binoptab != ashr_optab)
678 emit_move_insn (outof_target, CONST0_RTX (word_mode));
679 else
680 if (!force_expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
681 outof_input, GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - 1),
682 outof_target, unsignedp, methods))
683 return false;
684 }
685 return true;
686}
687
688/* This subroutine of expand_doubleword_shift handles the cases in which
689 the effective shift value is < BITS_PER_WORD. The arguments and return
690 value are the same as for the parent routine. */
691
692static bool
693expand_subword_shift (enum machine_mode op1_mode, optab binoptab,
694 rtx outof_input, rtx into_input, rtx op1,
695 rtx outof_target, rtx into_target,
696 int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods,
697 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask)
698{
699 optab reverse_unsigned_shift, unsigned_shift;
700 rtx tmp, carries;
701
702 reverse_unsigned_shift = (binoptab == ashl_optab ? lshr_optab : ashl_optab);
703 unsigned_shift = (binoptab == ashl_optab ? ashl_optab : lshr_optab);
704
705 /* The low OP1 bits of INTO_TARGET come from the high bits of OUTOF_INPUT.
706 We therefore need to shift OUTOF_INPUT by (BITS_PER_WORD - OP1) bits in
707 the opposite direction to BINOPTAB. */
708 if (CONSTANT_P (op1) || shift_mask >= BITS_PER_WORD)
709 {
710 carries = outof_input;
711 tmp = immed_double_const (BITS_PER_WORD, 0, op1_mode);
712 tmp = simplify_expand_binop (op1_mode, sub_optab, tmp, op1,
713 0, true, methods);
714 }
715 else
716 {
717 /* We must avoid shifting by BITS_PER_WORD bits since that is either
718 the same as a zero shift (if shift_mask == BITS_PER_WORD - 1) or
b01d837f 719 has unknown behavior. Do a single shift first, then shift by the
273a2526
RS
720 remainder. It's OK to use ~OP1 as the remainder if shift counts
721 are truncated to the mode size. */
722 carries = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
723 outof_input, const1_rtx, 0, unsignedp, methods);
724 if (shift_mask == BITS_PER_WORD - 1)
725 {
726 tmp = immed_double_const (-1, -1, op1_mode);
727 tmp = simplify_expand_binop (op1_mode, xor_optab, op1, tmp,
728 0, true, methods);
729 }
730 else
731 {
732 tmp = immed_double_const (BITS_PER_WORD - 1, 0, op1_mode);
733 tmp = simplify_expand_binop (op1_mode, sub_optab, tmp, op1,
734 0, true, methods);
735 }
736 }
737 if (tmp == 0 || carries == 0)
738 return false;
739 carries = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
740 carries, tmp, 0, unsignedp, methods);
741 if (carries == 0)
742 return false;
743
744 /* Shift INTO_INPUT logically by OP1. This is the last use of INTO_INPUT
745 so the result can go directly into INTO_TARGET if convenient. */
746 tmp = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift, into_input, op1,
747 into_target, unsignedp, methods);
748 if (tmp == 0)
749 return false;
750
751 /* Now OR in the bits carried over from OUTOF_INPUT. */
752 if (!force_expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, tmp, carries,
753 into_target, unsignedp, methods))
754 return false;
755
756 /* Use a standard word_mode shift for the out-of half. */
757 if (outof_target != 0)
758 if (!force_expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, outof_input, op1,
759 outof_target, unsignedp, methods))
760 return false;
761
762 return true;
763}
764
765
766#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
767/* Try implementing expand_doubleword_shift using conditional moves.
768 The shift is by < BITS_PER_WORD if (CMP_CODE CMP1 CMP2) is true,
769 otherwise it is by >= BITS_PER_WORD. SUBWORD_OP1 and SUPERWORD_OP1
770 are the shift counts to use in the former and latter case. All other
771 arguments are the same as the parent routine. */
772
773static bool
774expand_doubleword_shift_condmove (enum machine_mode op1_mode, optab binoptab,
775 enum rtx_code cmp_code, rtx cmp1, rtx cmp2,
776 rtx outof_input, rtx into_input,
777 rtx subword_op1, rtx superword_op1,
778 rtx outof_target, rtx into_target,
779 int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods,
780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask)
781{
782 rtx outof_superword, into_superword;
783
784 /* Put the superword version of the output into OUTOF_SUPERWORD and
785 INTO_SUPERWORD. */
786 outof_superword = outof_target != 0 ? gen_reg_rtx (word_mode) : 0;
787 if (outof_target != 0 && subword_op1 == superword_op1)
788 {
789 /* The value INTO_TARGET >> SUBWORD_OP1, which we later store in
790 OUTOF_TARGET, is the same as the value of INTO_SUPERWORD. */
791 into_superword = outof_target;
792 if (!expand_superword_shift (binoptab, outof_input, superword_op1,
793 outof_superword, 0, unsignedp, methods))
794 return false;
795 }
796 else
797 {
798 into_superword = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
799 if (!expand_superword_shift (binoptab, outof_input, superword_op1,
800 outof_superword, into_superword,
801 unsignedp, methods))
802 return false;
803 }
26277d41 804
273a2526
RS
805 /* Put the subword version directly in OUTOF_TARGET and INTO_TARGET. */
806 if (!expand_subword_shift (op1_mode, binoptab,
807 outof_input, into_input, subword_op1,
808 outof_target, into_target,
809 unsignedp, methods, shift_mask))
810 return false;
811
812 /* Select between them. Do the INTO half first because INTO_SUPERWORD
813 might be the current value of OUTOF_TARGET. */
814 if (!emit_conditional_move (into_target, cmp_code, cmp1, cmp2, op1_mode,
815 into_target, into_superword, word_mode, false))
816 return false;
817
818 if (outof_target != 0)
819 if (!emit_conditional_move (outof_target, cmp_code, cmp1, cmp2, op1_mode,
820 outof_target, outof_superword,
821 word_mode, false))
822 return false;
823
824 return true;
825}
826#endif
827
828/* Expand a doubleword shift (ashl, ashr or lshr) using word-mode shifts.
829 OUTOF_INPUT and INTO_INPUT are the two word-sized halves of the first
830 input operand; the shift moves bits in the direction OUTOF_INPUT->
831 INTO_TARGET. OUTOF_TARGET and INTO_TARGET are the equivalent words
832 of the target. OP1 is the shift count and OP1_MODE is its mode.
833 If OP1 is constant, it will have been truncated as appropriate
834 and is known to be nonzero.
835
836 If SHIFT_MASK is zero, the result of word shifts is undefined when the
837 shift count is outside the range [0, BITS_PER_WORD). This routine must
838 avoid generating such shifts for OP1s in the range [0, BITS_PER_WORD * 2).
839
840 If SHIFT_MASK is nonzero, all word-mode shift counts are effectively
841 masked by it and shifts in the range [BITS_PER_WORD, SHIFT_MASK) will
842 fill with zeros or sign bits as appropriate.
843
2a7e31df 844 If SHIFT_MASK is BITS_PER_WORD - 1, this routine will synthesize
273a2526
RS
845 a doubleword shift whose equivalent mask is BITS_PER_WORD * 2 - 1.
846 Doing this preserves semantics required by SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED.
847 In all other cases, shifts by values outside [0, BITS_PER_UNIT * 2)
848 are undefined.
849
850 BINOPTAB, UNSIGNEDP and METHODS are as for expand_binop. This function
851 may not use INTO_INPUT after modifying INTO_TARGET, and similarly for
852 OUTOF_INPUT and OUTOF_TARGET. OUTOF_TARGET can be null if the parent
853 function wants to calculate it itself.
854
855 Return true if the shift could be successfully synthesized. */
856
857static bool
858expand_doubleword_shift (enum machine_mode op1_mode, optab binoptab,
859 rtx outof_input, rtx into_input, rtx op1,
860 rtx outof_target, rtx into_target,
861 int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods,
862 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask)
863{
864 rtx superword_op1, tmp, cmp1, cmp2;
865 rtx subword_label, done_label;
866 enum rtx_code cmp_code;
867
868 /* See if word-mode shifts by BITS_PER_WORD...BITS_PER_WORD * 2 - 1 will
869 fill the result with sign or zero bits as appropriate. If so, the value
870 of OUTOF_TARGET will always be (SHIFT OUTOF_INPUT OP1). Recursively call
871 this routine to calculate INTO_TARGET (which depends on both OUTOF_INPUT
872 and INTO_INPUT), then emit code to set up OUTOF_TARGET.
873
874 This isn't worthwhile for constant shifts since the optimizers will
875 cope better with in-range shift counts. */
876 if (shift_mask >= BITS_PER_WORD
877 && outof_target != 0
878 && !CONSTANT_P (op1))
879 {
880 if (!expand_doubleword_shift (op1_mode, binoptab,
881 outof_input, into_input, op1,
882 0, into_target,
883 unsignedp, methods, shift_mask))
884 return false;
885 if (!force_expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, outof_input, op1,
886 outof_target, unsignedp, methods))
887 return false;
888 return true;
889 }
890
891 /* Set CMP_CODE, CMP1 and CMP2 so that the rtx (CMP_CODE CMP1 CMP2)
892 is true when the effective shift value is less than BITS_PER_WORD.
893 Set SUPERWORD_OP1 to the shift count that should be used to shift
894 OUTOF_INPUT into INTO_TARGET when the condition is false. */
895 tmp = immed_double_const (BITS_PER_WORD, 0, op1_mode);
896 if (!CONSTANT_P (op1) && shift_mask == BITS_PER_WORD - 1)
897 {
898 /* Set CMP1 to OP1 & BITS_PER_WORD. The result is zero iff OP1
899 is a subword shift count. */
900 cmp1 = simplify_expand_binop (op1_mode, and_optab, op1, tmp,
901 0, true, methods);
902 cmp2 = CONST0_RTX (op1_mode);
903 cmp_code = EQ;
904 superword_op1 = op1;
905 }
906 else
907 {
908 /* Set CMP1 to OP1 - BITS_PER_WORD. */
909 cmp1 = simplify_expand_binop (op1_mode, sub_optab, op1, tmp,
910 0, true, methods);
911 cmp2 = CONST0_RTX (op1_mode);
912 cmp_code = LT;
913 superword_op1 = cmp1;
914 }
915 if (cmp1 == 0)
916 return false;
917
918 /* If we can compute the condition at compile time, pick the
919 appropriate subroutine. */
920 tmp = simplify_relational_operation (cmp_code, SImode, op1_mode, cmp1, cmp2);
481683e1 921 if (tmp != 0 && CONST_INT_P (tmp))
273a2526
RS
922 {
923 if (tmp == const0_rtx)
924 return expand_superword_shift (binoptab, outof_input, superword_op1,
925 outof_target, into_target,
926 unsignedp, methods);
927 else
928 return expand_subword_shift (op1_mode, binoptab,
929 outof_input, into_input, op1,
930 outof_target, into_target,
931 unsignedp, methods, shift_mask);
932 }
933
934#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
935 /* Try using conditional moves to generate straight-line code. */
936 {
937 rtx start = get_last_insn ();
938 if (expand_doubleword_shift_condmove (op1_mode, binoptab,
939 cmp_code, cmp1, cmp2,
940 outof_input, into_input,
941 op1, superword_op1,
942 outof_target, into_target,
943 unsignedp, methods, shift_mask))
944 return true;
945 delete_insns_since (start);
946 }
947#endif
948
949 /* As a last resort, use branches to select the correct alternative. */
950 subword_label = gen_label_rtx ();
951 done_label = gen_label_rtx ();
952
2763a67e 953 NO_DEFER_POP;
273a2526 954 do_compare_rtx_and_jump (cmp1, cmp2, cmp_code, false, op1_mode,
40e90eac 955 0, 0, subword_label, -1);
2763a67e 956 OK_DEFER_POP;
273a2526
RS
957
958 if (!expand_superword_shift (binoptab, outof_input, superword_op1,
959 outof_target, into_target,
960 unsignedp, methods))
961 return false;
962
963 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (done_label));
964 emit_barrier ();
965 emit_label (subword_label);
966
967 if (!expand_subword_shift (op1_mode, binoptab,
968 outof_input, into_input, op1,
969 outof_target, into_target,
970 unsignedp, methods, shift_mask))
971 return false;
972
973 emit_label (done_label);
974 return true;
975}
c64f913e 976\f
f927760b
RS
977/* Subroutine of expand_binop. Perform a double word multiplication of
978 operands OP0 and OP1 both of mode MODE, which is exactly twice as wide
979 as the target's word_mode. This function return NULL_RTX if anything
980 goes wrong, in which case it may have already emitted instructions
981 which need to be deleted.
982
983 If we want to multiply two two-word values and have normal and widening
984 multiplies of single-word values, we can do this with three smaller
d70dcf29 985 multiplications.
f927760b
RS
986
987 The multiplication proceeds as follows:
988 _______________________
989 [__op0_high_|__op0_low__]
990 _______________________
991 * [__op1_high_|__op1_low__]
992 _______________________________________________
993 _______________________
994 (1) [__op0_low__*__op1_low__]
995 _______________________
996 (2a) [__op0_low__*__op1_high_]
997 _______________________
998 (2b) [__op0_high_*__op1_low__]
999 _______________________
1000 (3) [__op0_high_*__op1_high_]
1001
1002
1003 This gives a 4-word result. Since we are only interested in the
1004 lower 2 words, partial result (3) and the upper words of (2a) and
1005 (2b) don't need to be calculated. Hence (2a) and (2b) can be
1006 calculated using non-widening multiplication.
1007
1008 (1), however, needs to be calculated with an unsigned widening
1009 multiplication. If this operation is not directly supported we
1010 try using a signed widening multiplication and adjust the result.
1011 This adjustment works as follows:
1012
1013 If both operands are positive then no adjustment is needed.
1014
1015 If the operands have different signs, for example op0_low < 0 and
1016 op1_low >= 0, the instruction treats the most significant bit of
1017 op0_low as a sign bit instead of a bit with significance
1018 2**(BITS_PER_WORD-1), i.e. the instruction multiplies op1_low
1019 with 2**BITS_PER_WORD - op0_low, and two's complements the
1020 result. Conclusion: We need to add op1_low * 2**BITS_PER_WORD to
1021 the result.
1022
1023 Similarly, if both operands are negative, we need to add
1024 (op0_low + op1_low) * 2**BITS_PER_WORD.
1025
1026 We use a trick to adjust quickly. We logically shift op0_low right
1027 (op1_low) BITS_PER_WORD-1 steps to get 0 or 1, and add this to
1028 op0_high (op1_high) before it is used to calculate 2b (2a). If no
1029 logical shift exists, we do an arithmetic right shift and subtract
1030 the 0 or -1. */
1031
1032static rtx
1033expand_doubleword_mult (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target,
1034 bool umulp, enum optab_methods methods)
1035{
1036 int low = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : 0);
1037 int high = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0 : 1);
1038 rtx wordm1 = umulp ? NULL_RTX : GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - 1);
1039 rtx product, adjust, product_high, temp;
1040
1041 rtx op0_high = operand_subword_force (op0, high, mode);
1042 rtx op0_low = operand_subword_force (op0, low, mode);
1043 rtx op1_high = operand_subword_force (op1, high, mode);
1044 rtx op1_low = operand_subword_force (op1, low, mode);
1045
1046 /* If we're using an unsigned multiply to directly compute the product
1047 of the low-order words of the operands and perform any required
1048 adjustments of the operands, we begin by trying two more multiplications
1049 and then computing the appropriate sum.
1050
1051 We have checked above that the required addition is provided.
1052 Full-word addition will normally always succeed, especially if
1053 it is provided at all, so we don't worry about its failure. The
1054 multiplication may well fail, however, so we do handle that. */
1055
1056 if (!umulp)
1057 {
1058 /* ??? This could be done with emit_store_flag where available. */
1059 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, lshr_optab, op0_low, wordm1,
1060 NULL_RTX, 1, methods);
1061 if (temp)
1062 op0_high = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, op0_high, temp,
69f39b11 1063 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1064 else
1065 {
1066 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, ashr_optab, op0_low, wordm1,
1067 NULL_RTX, 0, methods);
1068 if (!temp)
1069 return NULL_RTX;
1070 op0_high = expand_binop (word_mode, sub_optab, op0_high, temp,
69f39b11 1071 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1072 }
1073
1074 if (!op0_high)
1075 return NULL_RTX;
1076 }
1077
1078 adjust = expand_binop (word_mode, smul_optab, op0_high, op1_low,
1079 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
1080 if (!adjust)
1081 return NULL_RTX;
1082
1083 /* OP0_HIGH should now be dead. */
1084
1085 if (!umulp)
1086 {
1087 /* ??? This could be done with emit_store_flag where available. */
1088 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, lshr_optab, op1_low, wordm1,
1089 NULL_RTX, 1, methods);
1090 if (temp)
1091 op1_high = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, op1_high, temp,
69f39b11 1092 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1093 else
1094 {
1095 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, ashr_optab, op1_low, wordm1,
1096 NULL_RTX, 0, methods);
1097 if (!temp)
1098 return NULL_RTX;
1099 op1_high = expand_binop (word_mode, sub_optab, op1_high, temp,
69f39b11 1100 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1101 }
1102
1103 if (!op1_high)
1104 return NULL_RTX;
1105 }
1106
1107 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, smul_optab, op1_high, op0_low,
1108 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
1109 if (!temp)
1110 return NULL_RTX;
1111
1112 /* OP1_HIGH should now be dead. */
1113
1114 adjust = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, adjust, temp,
c701e857 1115 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1116
1117 if (target && !REG_P (target))
1118 target = NULL_RTX;
1119
1120 if (umulp)
1121 product = expand_binop (mode, umul_widen_optab, op0_low, op1_low,
1122 target, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
1123 else
1124 product = expand_binop (mode, smul_widen_optab, op0_low, op1_low,
1125 target, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
1126
1127 if (!product)
1128 return NULL_RTX;
1129
1130 product_high = operand_subword (product, high, 1, mode);
1131 adjust = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, product_high, adjust,
c701e857 1132 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
f927760b
RS
1133 emit_move_insn (product_high, adjust);
1134 return product;
1135}
1136\f
ef89d648
ZW
1137/* Wrapper around expand_binop which takes an rtx code to specify
1138 the operation to perform, not an optab pointer. All other
1139 arguments are the same. */
1140rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
1141expand_simple_binop (enum machine_mode mode, enum rtx_code code, rtx op0,
1142 rtx op1, rtx target, int unsignedp,
1143 enum optab_methods methods)
ef89d648 1144{
7e1a450d 1145 optab binop = code_to_optab[(int) code];
e3feb571 1146 gcc_assert (binop);
ef89d648
ZW
1147
1148 return expand_binop (mode, binop, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, methods);
1149}
1150
665d18c6
PB
1151/* Return whether OP0 and OP1 should be swapped when expanding a commutative
1152 binop. Order them according to commutative_operand_precedence and, if
1153 possible, try to put TARGET or a pseudo first. */
1154static bool
1155swap_commutative_operands_with_target (rtx target, rtx op0, rtx op1)
1156{
1157 int op0_prec = commutative_operand_precedence (op0);
1158 int op1_prec = commutative_operand_precedence (op1);
1159
1160 if (op0_prec < op1_prec)
1161 return true;
1162
1163 if (op0_prec > op1_prec)
1164 return false;
1165
1166 /* With equal precedence, both orders are ok, but it is better if the
1167 first operand is TARGET, or if both TARGET and OP0 are pseudos. */
1168 if (target == 0 || REG_P (target))
1169 return (REG_P (op1) && !REG_P (op0)) || target == op1;
1170 else
1171 return rtx_equal_p (op1, target);
1172}
1173
62442ab9
RS
1174/* Return true if BINOPTAB implements a shift operation. */
1175
1176static bool
1177shift_optab_p (optab binoptab)
1178{
1179 switch (binoptab->code)
1180 {
1181 case ASHIFT:
0f996086
CF
1182 case SS_ASHIFT:
1183 case US_ASHIFT:
62442ab9
RS
1184 case ASHIFTRT:
1185 case LSHIFTRT:
1186 case ROTATE:
1187 case ROTATERT:
1188 return true;
1189
1190 default:
1191 return false;
1192 }
1193}
1194
15dc95cb 1195/* Return true if BINOPTAB implements a commutative binary operation. */
62442ab9
RS
1196
1197static bool
1198commutative_optab_p (optab binoptab)
1199{
1200 return (GET_RTX_CLASS (binoptab->code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
1201 || binoptab == smul_widen_optab
1202 || binoptab == umul_widen_optab
1203 || binoptab == smul_highpart_optab
1204 || binoptab == umul_highpart_optab);
1205}
1206
1207/* X is to be used in mode MODE as an operand to BINOPTAB. If we're
1208 optimizing, and if the operand is a constant that costs more than
1209 1 instruction, force the constant into a register and return that
1210 register. Return X otherwise. UNSIGNEDP says whether X is unsigned. */
1211
1212static rtx
1213avoid_expensive_constant (enum machine_mode mode, optab binoptab,
1214 rtx x, bool unsignedp)
1215{
c99102b8 1216 bool speed = optimize_insn_for_speed_p ();
fdb2c684 1217
47de45c6
RS
1218 if (mode != VOIDmode
1219 && optimize
62442ab9 1220 && CONSTANT_P (x)
c99102b8 1221 && rtx_cost (x, binoptab->code, speed) > rtx_cost (x, SET, speed))
62442ab9 1222 {
481683e1 1223 if (CONST_INT_P (x))
c722c7da
RS
1224 {
1225 HOST_WIDE_INT intval = trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (x), mode);
1226 if (intval != INTVAL (x))
1227 x = GEN_INT (intval);
1228 }
1229 else
62442ab9
RS
1230 x = convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp);
1231 x = force_reg (mode, x);
1232 }
1233 return x;
1234}
665d18c6 1235
0aa222d1
SL
1236/* Helper function for expand_binop: handle the case where there
1237 is an insn that directly implements the indicated operation.
1238 Returns null if this is not possible. */
1239static rtx
1240expand_binop_directly (enum machine_mode mode, optab binoptab,
1241 rtx op0, rtx op1,
1242 rtx target, int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods,
62442ab9 1243 rtx last)
0aa222d1 1244{
a5c7d693 1245 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (binoptab, mode);
4f431835
RS
1246 enum machine_mode xmode0 = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[1].mode;
1247 enum machine_mode xmode1 = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].mode;
1248 enum machine_mode mode0, mode1, tmp_mode;
a5c7d693 1249 struct expand_operand ops[3];
62442ab9 1250 bool commutative_p;
0aa222d1
SL
1251 rtx pat;
1252 rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
62442ab9 1253 rtx swap;
b8698a0f 1254
0aa222d1
SL
1255 /* If it is a commutative operator and the modes would match
1256 if we would swap the operands, we can save the conversions. */
62442ab9
RS
1257 commutative_p = commutative_optab_p (binoptab);
1258 if (commutative_p
4f431835
RS
1259 && GET_MODE (xop0) != xmode0 && GET_MODE (xop1) != xmode1
1260 && GET_MODE (xop0) == xmode1 && GET_MODE (xop1) == xmode1)
0aa222d1 1261 {
62442ab9
RS
1262 swap = xop0;
1263 xop0 = xop1;
1264 xop1 = swap;
0aa222d1 1265 }
b8698a0f 1266
62442ab9 1267 /* If we are optimizing, force expensive constants into a register. */
4f431835 1268 xop0 = avoid_expensive_constant (xmode0, binoptab, xop0, unsignedp);
62442ab9 1269 if (!shift_optab_p (binoptab))
4f431835 1270 xop1 = avoid_expensive_constant (xmode1, binoptab, xop1, unsignedp);
62442ab9 1271
2b99b2b8
RS
1272 /* In case the insn wants input operands in modes different from
1273 those of the actual operands, convert the operands. It would
1274 seem that we don't need to convert CONST_INTs, but we do, so
1275 that they're properly zero-extended, sign-extended or truncated
1276 for their mode. */
1277
4f431835
RS
1278 mode0 = GET_MODE (xop0) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (xop0) : mode;
1279 if (xmode0 != VOIDmode && xmode0 != mode0)
1280 {
1281 xop0 = convert_modes (xmode0, mode0, xop0, unsignedp);
1282 mode0 = xmode0;
1283 }
1284
1285 mode1 = GET_MODE (xop1) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (xop1) : mode;
1286 if (xmode1 != VOIDmode && xmode1 != mode1)
1287 {
1288 xop1 = convert_modes (xmode1, mode1, xop1, unsignedp);
1289 mode1 = xmode1;
1290 }
2b99b2b8
RS
1291
1292 /* If operation is commutative,
1293 try to make the first operand a register.
1294 Even better, try to make it the same as the target.
1295 Also try to make the last operand a constant. */
1296 if (commutative_p
1297 && swap_commutative_operands_with_target (target, xop0, xop1))
1298 {
1299 swap = xop1;
1300 xop1 = xop0;
1301 xop0 = swap;
1302 }
1303
0aa222d1
SL
1304 /* Now, if insn's predicates don't allow our operands, put them into
1305 pseudo regs. */
b8698a0f 1306
b8698a0f 1307 if (binoptab == vec_pack_trunc_optab
0aa222d1
SL
1308 || binoptab == vec_pack_usat_optab
1309 || binoptab == vec_pack_ssat_optab
1310 || binoptab == vec_pack_ufix_trunc_optab
1311 || binoptab == vec_pack_sfix_trunc_optab)
1312 {
1313 /* The mode of the result is different then the mode of the
1314 arguments. */
a5c7d693 1315 tmp_mode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].mode;
0aa222d1 1316 if (GET_MODE_NUNITS (tmp_mode) != 2 * GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode))
a5c7d693
RS
1317 {
1318 delete_insns_since (last);
1319 return NULL_RTX;
1320 }
0aa222d1
SL
1321 }
1322 else
1323 tmp_mode = mode;
1324
a5c7d693 1325 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, tmp_mode);
2b99b2b8
RS
1326 create_input_operand (&ops[1], xop0, mode0);
1327 create_input_operand (&ops[2], xop1, mode1);
1328 pat = maybe_gen_insn (icode, 3, ops);
1329 if (pat)
a5c7d693 1330 {
2b99b2b8
RS
1331 /* If PAT is composed of more than one insn, try to add an appropriate
1332 REG_EQUAL note to it. If we can't because TEMP conflicts with an
1333 operand, call expand_binop again, this time without a target. */
1334 if (INSN_P (pat) && NEXT_INSN (pat) != NULL_RTX
1335 && ! add_equal_note (pat, ops[0].value, binoptab->code,
1336 ops[1].value, ops[2].value))
0aa222d1 1337 {
2b99b2b8
RS
1338 delete_insns_since (last);
1339 return expand_binop (mode, binoptab, op0, op1, NULL_RTX,
1340 unsignedp, methods);
0aa222d1 1341 }
b8698a0f 1342
2b99b2b8
RS
1343 emit_insn (pat);
1344 return ops[0].value;
a5c7d693 1345 }
0aa222d1
SL
1346 delete_insns_since (last);
1347 return NULL_RTX;
1348}
1349
77c9c6c2
RK
1350/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by BINOPTAB
1351 on operands OP0 and OP1, with result having machine-mode MODE.
1352
1353 UNSIGNEDP is for the case where we have to widen the operands
1354 to perform the operation. It says to use zero-extension.
1355
1356 If TARGET is nonzero, the value
1357 is generated there, if it is convenient to do so.
1358 In all cases an rtx is returned for the locus of the value;
1359 this may or may not be TARGET. */
1360
1361rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
1362expand_binop (enum machine_mode mode, optab binoptab, rtx op0, rtx op1,
1363 rtx target, int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods)
77c9c6c2 1364{
70864443
RK
1365 enum optab_methods next_methods
1366 = (methods == OPTAB_LIB || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
1367 ? OPTAB_WIDEN : methods);
d858f359 1368 enum mode_class mclass;
77c9c6c2 1369 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
8a33f100 1370 rtx libfunc;
b3694847 1371 rtx temp;
abd418d3 1372 rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
77c9c6c2
RK
1373 rtx last;
1374
d858f359 1375 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
77c9c6c2 1376
8aecce0a
RK
1377 /* If subtracting an integer constant, convert this into an addition of
1378 the negated constant. */
1379
481683e1 1380 if (binoptab == sub_optab && CONST_INT_P (op1))
8aecce0a
RK
1381 {
1382 op1 = negate_rtx (mode, op1);
1383 binoptab = add_optab;
1384 }
1385
77c9c6c2
RK
1386 /* Record where to delete back to if we backtrack. */
1387 last = get_last_insn ();
1388
77c9c6c2
RK
1389 /* If we can do it with a three-operand insn, do so. */
1390
1391 if (methods != OPTAB_MUST_WIDEN
947131ba 1392 && optab_handler (binoptab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 1393 {
0aa222d1 1394 temp = expand_binop_directly (mode, binoptab, op0, op1, target,
62442ab9 1395 unsignedp, methods, last);
0aa222d1
SL
1396 if (temp)
1397 return temp;
77c9c6c2
RK
1398 }
1399
0aa222d1
SL
1400 /* If we were trying to rotate, and that didn't work, try rotating
1401 the other direction before falling back to shifts and bitwise-or. */
1402 if (((binoptab == rotl_optab
947131ba 1403 && optab_handler (rotr_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
0aa222d1 1404 || (binoptab == rotr_optab
947131ba 1405 && optab_handler (rotl_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing))
d858f359 1406 && mclass == MODE_INT)
0f8594ee 1407 {
0aa222d1
SL
1408 optab otheroptab = (binoptab == rotl_optab ? rotr_optab : rotl_optab);
1409 rtx newop1;
69660a70 1410 unsigned int bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
0aa222d1 1411
481683e1 1412 if (CONST_INT_P (op1))
db826dae 1413 newop1 = GEN_INT (bits - INTVAL (op1));
0aa222d1 1414 else if (targetm.shift_truncation_mask (mode) == bits - 1)
db826dae 1415 newop1 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (op1), op1);
0aa222d1 1416 else
db826dae 1417 newop1 = expand_binop (GET_MODE (op1), sub_optab,
0aa222d1
SL
1418 GEN_INT (bits), op1,
1419 NULL_RTX, unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
b8698a0f 1420
0aa222d1 1421 temp = expand_binop_directly (mode, otheroptab, op0, newop1,
62442ab9 1422 target, unsignedp, methods, last);
0aa222d1
SL
1423 if (temp)
1424 return temp;
0f8594ee
MM
1425 }
1426
5a5064dc
RK
1427 /* If this is a multiply, see if we can do a widening operation that
1428 takes operands of this mode and makes a wider mode. */
1429
86556d87
BE
1430 if (binoptab == smul_optab
1431 && GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode) != VOIDmode
947131ba
RS
1432 && (optab_handler ((unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab),
1433 GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
5a5064dc
RK
1434 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
1435 {
1436 temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode),
1437 unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab,
73d9a835 1438 op0, op1, NULL_RTX, unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
5a5064dc 1439
70864443
RK
1440 if (temp != 0)
1441 {
28f52a4d 1442 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
d0edd768 1443 && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, GET_MODE (temp)))
70864443
RK
1444 return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
1445 else
1446 return convert_to_mode (mode, temp, unsignedp);
1447 }
5a5064dc
RK
1448 }
1449
9a856ec7 1450 /* Look for a wider mode of the same class for which we think we
5a5064dc
RK
1451 can open-code the operation. Check for a widening multiply at the
1452 wider mode as well. */
9a856ec7 1453
d858f359 1454 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass)
6f43c157 1455 && methods != OPTAB_DIRECT && methods != OPTAB_LIB)
86556d87
BE
1456 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
1457 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
9a856ec7
RK
1458 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
1459 {
947131ba 1460 if (optab_handler (binoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
5a5064dc
RK
1461 || (binoptab == smul_optab
1462 && GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode) != VOIDmode
947131ba
RS
1463 && (optab_handler ((unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab
1464 : smul_widen_optab),
1465 GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
5a5064dc 1466 != CODE_FOR_nothing)))
9a856ec7
RK
1467 {
1468 rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
1469 int no_extend = 0;
1470
1471 /* For certain integer operations, we need not actually extend
1472 the narrow operands, as long as we will truncate
6d2f8887 1473 the results to the same narrowness. */
9a856ec7
RK
1474
1475 if ((binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == and_optab
1476 || binoptab == xor_optab
1477 || binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab
e5df894b 1478 || binoptab == smul_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab)
d858f359 1479 && mclass == MODE_INT)
62442ab9
RS
1480 {
1481 no_extend = 1;
1482 xop0 = avoid_expensive_constant (mode, binoptab,
1483 xop0, unsignedp);
1484 if (binoptab != ashl_optab)
1485 xop1 = avoid_expensive_constant (mode, binoptab,
1486 xop1, unsignedp);
1487 }
9a856ec7 1488
0661a3de 1489 xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp, no_extend);
943cc242
RK
1490
1491 /* The second operand of a shift must always be extended. */
0661a3de 1492 xop1 = widen_operand (xop1, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
e5df894b 1493 no_extend && binoptab != ashl_optab);
943cc242 1494
b1ec3c92 1495 temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, binoptab, xop0, xop1, NULL_RTX,
9a856ec7
RK
1496 unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
1497 if (temp)
1498 {
d858f359 1499 if (mclass != MODE_INT
d0edd768 1500 || !TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, wider_mode))
9a856ec7
RK
1501 {
1502 if (target == 0)
1503 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1504 convert_move (target, temp, 0);
1505 return target;
1506 }
1507 else
1508 return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
1509 }
1510 else
1511 delete_insns_since (last);
1512 }
1513 }
1514
62442ab9
RS
1515 /* If operation is commutative,
1516 try to make the first operand a register.
1517 Even better, try to make it the same as the target.
1518 Also try to make the last operand a constant. */
1519 if (commutative_optab_p (binoptab)
1520 && swap_commutative_operands_with_target (target, op0, op1))
1521 {
1522 temp = op1;
1523 op1 = op0;
1524 op0 = temp;
1525 }
1526
77c9c6c2
RK
1527 /* These can be done a word at a time. */
1528 if ((binoptab == and_optab || binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == xor_optab)
d858f359 1529 && mclass == MODE_INT
77c9c6c2 1530 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba 1531 && optab_handler (binoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 1532 {
bb93b973 1533 int i;
77c9c6c2 1534 rtx insns;
77c9c6c2
RK
1535
1536 /* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
1537 won't be accurate, so use a new target. */
02972eaf
RS
1538 if (target == 0
1539 || target == op0
1540 || target == op1
1541 || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
77c9c6c2
RK
1542 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1543
1544 start_sequence ();
1545
1546 /* Do the actual arithmetic. */
1547 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD; i++)
1548 {
1549 rtx target_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
34e56753 1550 rtx x = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
77c9c6c2
RK
1551 operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode),
1552 operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode),
70864443
RK
1553 target_piece, unsignedp, next_methods);
1554
1555 if (x == 0)
1556 break;
1557
77c9c6c2
RK
1558 if (target_piece != x)
1559 emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
1560 }
1561
1562 insns = get_insns ();
1563 end_sequence ();
1564
70864443
RK
1565 if (i == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD)
1566 {
d70dcf29 1567 emit_insn (insns);
70864443
RK
1568 return target;
1569 }
77c9c6c2
RK
1570 }
1571
8c597270 1572 /* Synthesize double word shifts from single word shifts. */
e5df894b
RK
1573 if ((binoptab == lshr_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab
1574 || binoptab == ashr_optab)
d858f359 1575 && mclass == MODE_INT
481683e1 1576 && (CONST_INT_P (op1) || optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())
8c597270 1577 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba
RS
1578 && optab_handler (binoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
1579 && optab_handler (ashl_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
1580 && optab_handler (lshr_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
8c597270 1581 {
273a2526
RS
1582 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask, double_shift_mask;
1583 enum machine_mode op1_mode;
8c597270 1584
273a2526
RS
1585 double_shift_mask = targetm.shift_truncation_mask (mode);
1586 shift_mask = targetm.shift_truncation_mask (word_mode);
1587 op1_mode = GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (op1) : word_mode;
8c597270 1588
273a2526 1589 /* Apply the truncation to constant shifts. */
481683e1 1590 if (double_shift_mask > 0 && CONST_INT_P (op1))
273a2526 1591 op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & double_shift_mask);
8c597270 1592
273a2526
RS
1593 if (op1 == CONST0_RTX (op1_mode))
1594 return op0;
8c597270 1595
273a2526
RS
1596 /* Make sure that this is a combination that expand_doubleword_shift
1597 can handle. See the comments there for details. */
1598 if (double_shift_mask == 0
1599 || (shift_mask == BITS_PER_WORD - 1
1600 && double_shift_mask == BITS_PER_WORD * 2 - 1))
8c597270 1601 {
d70dcf29 1602 rtx insns;
273a2526
RS
1603 rtx into_target, outof_target;
1604 rtx into_input, outof_input;
1605 int left_shift, outof_word;
8c597270 1606
273a2526
RS
1607 /* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
1608 won't be accurate, so use a new target. */
02972eaf
RS
1609 if (target == 0
1610 || target == op0
1611 || target == op1
1612 || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
273a2526 1613 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
8c597270 1614
273a2526 1615 start_sequence ();
8c597270 1616
273a2526
RS
1617 /* OUTOF_* is the word we are shifting bits away from, and
1618 INTO_* is the word that we are shifting bits towards, thus
1619 they differ depending on the direction of the shift and
1620 WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
70864443 1621
273a2526
RS
1622 left_shift = binoptab == ashl_optab;
1623 outof_word = left_shift ^ ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN;
70864443 1624
273a2526
RS
1625 outof_target = operand_subword (target, outof_word, 1, mode);
1626 into_target = operand_subword (target, 1 - outof_word, 1, mode);
cf2f7113 1627
273a2526
RS
1628 outof_input = operand_subword_force (op0, outof_word, mode);
1629 into_input = operand_subword_force (op0, 1 - outof_word, mode);
0c20a65f 1630
273a2526
RS
1631 if (expand_doubleword_shift (op1_mode, binoptab,
1632 outof_input, into_input, op1,
1633 outof_target, into_target,
f8bdb931 1634 unsignedp, next_methods, shift_mask))
273a2526
RS
1635 {
1636 insns = get_insns ();
1637 end_sequence ();
8c597270 1638
d70dcf29 1639 emit_insn (insns);
273a2526
RS
1640 return target;
1641 }
1642 end_sequence ();
70864443 1643 }
8c597270
JW
1644 }
1645
1646 /* Synthesize double word rotates from single word shifts. */
1647 if ((binoptab == rotl_optab || binoptab == rotr_optab)
d858f359 1648 && mclass == MODE_INT
481683e1 1649 && CONST_INT_P (op1)
8c597270 1650 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba
RS
1651 && optab_handler (ashl_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
1652 && optab_handler (lshr_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
8c597270 1653 {
ebd8b60d 1654 rtx insns;
8c597270
JW
1655 rtx into_target, outof_target;
1656 rtx into_input, outof_input;
70864443 1657 rtx inter;
8c597270
JW
1658 int shift_count, left_shift, outof_word;
1659
1660 /* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
0c0ab0f1
OH
1661 won't be accurate, so use a new target. Do this also if target is not
1662 a REG, first because having a register instead may open optimization
1ae58c30 1663 opportunities, and second because if target and op0 happen to be MEMs
0c0ab0f1
OH
1664 designating the same location, we would risk clobbering it too early
1665 in the code sequence we generate below. */
02972eaf
RS
1666 if (target == 0
1667 || target == op0
1668 || target == op1
1669 || !REG_P (target)
1670 || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
8c597270
JW
1671 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1672
1673 start_sequence ();
1674
1675 shift_count = INTVAL (op1);
1676
1677 /* OUTOF_* is the word we are shifting bits away from, and
1678 INTO_* is the word that we are shifting bits towards, thus
1679 they differ depending on the direction of the shift and
1680 WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
1681
1682 left_shift = (binoptab == rotl_optab);
1683 outof_word = left_shift ^ ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN;
1684
1685 outof_target = operand_subword (target, outof_word, 1, mode);
1686 into_target = operand_subword (target, 1 - outof_word, 1, mode);
1687
1688 outof_input = operand_subword_force (op0, outof_word, mode);
1689 into_input = operand_subword_force (op0, 1 - outof_word, mode);
1690
1691 if (shift_count == BITS_PER_WORD)
1692 {
1693 /* This is just a word swap. */
1694 emit_move_insn (outof_target, into_input);
1695 emit_move_insn (into_target, outof_input);
70864443 1696 inter = const0_rtx;
8c597270
JW
1697 }
1698 else
1699 {
1700 rtx into_temp1, into_temp2, outof_temp1, outof_temp2;
1701 rtx first_shift_count, second_shift_count;
1702 optab reverse_unsigned_shift, unsigned_shift;
1703
1704 reverse_unsigned_shift = (left_shift ^ (shift_count < BITS_PER_WORD)
1705 ? lshr_optab : ashl_optab);
1706
1707 unsigned_shift = (left_shift ^ (shift_count < BITS_PER_WORD)
1708 ? ashl_optab : lshr_optab);
1709
1710 if (shift_count > BITS_PER_WORD)
1711 {
1712 first_shift_count = GEN_INT (shift_count - BITS_PER_WORD);
7e1a450d 1713 second_shift_count = GEN_INT (2 * BITS_PER_WORD - shift_count);
8c597270
JW
1714 }
1715 else
1716 {
1717 first_shift_count = GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - shift_count);
1718 second_shift_count = GEN_INT (shift_count);
1719 }
1720
1721 into_temp1 = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift,
1722 outof_input, first_shift_count,
70864443 1723 NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
8c597270
JW
1724 into_temp2 = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
1725 into_input, second_shift_count,
5be5c8d4 1726 NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
70864443
RK
1727
1728 if (into_temp1 != 0 && into_temp2 != 0)
1729 inter = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, into_temp1, into_temp2,
1730 into_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
1731 else
1732 inter = 0;
1733
cb5b00cf 1734 if (inter != 0 && inter != into_target)
70864443 1735 emit_move_insn (into_target, inter);
8c597270
JW
1736
1737 outof_temp1 = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift,
1738 into_input, first_shift_count,
70864443 1739 NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
8c597270
JW
1740 outof_temp2 = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
1741 outof_input, second_shift_count,
5be5c8d4 1742 NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
70864443
RK
1743
1744 if (inter != 0 && outof_temp1 != 0 && outof_temp2 != 0)
1745 inter = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab,
1746 outof_temp1, outof_temp2,
1747 outof_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
1748
cb5b00cf 1749 if (inter != 0 && inter != outof_target)
70864443 1750 emit_move_insn (outof_target, inter);
8c597270
JW
1751 }
1752
1753 insns = get_insns ();
1754 end_sequence ();
1755
70864443
RK
1756 if (inter != 0)
1757 {
ebd8b60d 1758 emit_insn (insns);
70864443
RK
1759 return target;
1760 }
8c597270
JW
1761 }
1762
77c9c6c2
RK
1763 /* These can be done a word at a time by propagating carries. */
1764 if ((binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab)
d858f359 1765 && mclass == MODE_INT
77c9c6c2 1766 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba 1767 && optab_handler (binoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 1768 {
e2500fed 1769 unsigned int i;
77c9c6c2 1770 optab otheroptab = binoptab == add_optab ? sub_optab : add_optab;
a4b5414c 1771 const unsigned int nwords = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD;
07444f1d 1772 rtx carry_in = NULL_RTX, carry_out = NULL_RTX;
64de6c0a 1773 rtx xop0, xop1, xtarget;
77c9c6c2
RK
1774
1775 /* We can handle either a 1 or -1 value for the carry. If STORE_FLAG
1776 value is one of those, use it. Otherwise, use 1 since it is the
1777 one easiest to get. */
1778#if STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
1779 int normalizep = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
1780#else
1781 int normalizep = 1;
1782#endif
1783
1784 /* Prepare the operands. */
cee85023
RS
1785 xop0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
1786 xop1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
77c9c6c2 1787
64de6c0a
DE
1788 xtarget = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1789
02972eaf 1790 if (target == 0 || !REG_P (target) || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
64de6c0a 1791 target = xtarget;
77c9c6c2 1792
af2cc4dd 1793 /* Indicate for flow that the entire target reg is being set. */
f8cfc6aa 1794 if (REG_P (target))
c41c1387 1795 emit_clobber (xtarget);
af2cc4dd 1796
77c9c6c2
RK
1797 /* Do the actual arithmetic. */
1798 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
1799 {
1800 int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i);
64de6c0a 1801 rtx target_piece = operand_subword (xtarget, index, 1, mode);
cee85023
RS
1802 rtx op0_piece = operand_subword_force (xop0, index, mode);
1803 rtx op1_piece = operand_subword_force (xop1, index, mode);
77c9c6c2
RK
1804 rtx x;
1805
1806 /* Main add/subtract of the input operands. */
34e56753 1807 x = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
77c9c6c2 1808 op0_piece, op1_piece,
70864443 1809 target_piece, unsignedp, next_methods);
77c9c6c2
RK
1810 if (x == 0)
1811 break;
1812
1813 if (i + 1 < nwords)
1814 {
1815 /* Store carry from main add/subtract. */
34e56753 1816 carry_out = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
23357404
TG
1817 carry_out = emit_store_flag_force (carry_out,
1818 (binoptab == add_optab
b30f05db 1819 ? LT : GT),
23357404
TG
1820 x, op0_piece,
1821 word_mode, 1, normalizep);
77c9c6c2
RK
1822 }
1823
1824 if (i > 0)
1825 {
859cb4d8 1826 rtx newx;
0c20a65f 1827
77c9c6c2 1828 /* Add/subtract previous carry to main result. */
859cb4d8
GK
1829 newx = expand_binop (word_mode,
1830 normalizep == 1 ? binoptab : otheroptab,
1831 x, carry_in,
1832 NULL_RTX, 1, next_methods);
77c9c6c2
RK
1833
1834 if (i + 1 < nwords)
1835 {
77c9c6c2 1836 /* Get out carry from adding/subtracting carry in. */
859cb4d8 1837 rtx carry_tmp = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
23357404 1838 carry_tmp = emit_store_flag_force (carry_tmp,
859cb4d8
GK
1839 (binoptab == add_optab
1840 ? LT : GT),
1841 newx, x,
23357404 1842 word_mode, 1, normalizep);
70864443 1843
77c9c6c2 1844 /* Logical-ior the two poss. carry together. */
34e56753 1845 carry_out = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab,
77c9c6c2 1846 carry_out, carry_tmp,
70864443
RK
1847 carry_out, 0, next_methods);
1848 if (carry_out == 0)
77c9c6c2
RK
1849 break;
1850 }
859cb4d8 1851 emit_move_insn (target_piece, newx);
77c9c6c2 1852 }
06cd9d72
DD
1853 else
1854 {
1855 if (x != target_piece)
1856 emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
1857 }
77c9c6c2
RK
1858
1859 carry_in = carry_out;
0c20a65f 1860 }
77c9c6c2 1861
e2500fed 1862 if (i == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / (unsigned) BITS_PER_WORD)
77c9c6c2 1863 {
947131ba 1864 if (optab_handler (mov_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
d0ccc658 1865 || ! rtx_equal_p (target, xtarget))
02214a5c 1866 {
64de6c0a 1867 rtx temp = emit_move_insn (target, xtarget);
70864443 1868
5fa671cf 1869 set_unique_reg_note (temp,
0c20a65f 1870 REG_EQUAL,
5fa671cf
AM
1871 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode,
1872 copy_rtx (xop0),
1873 copy_rtx (xop1)));
02214a5c 1874 }
2cd622c3
AO
1875 else
1876 target = xtarget;
c5c76735 1877
77c9c6c2
RK
1878 return target;
1879 }
c5c76735 1880
77c9c6c2
RK
1881 else
1882 delete_insns_since (last);
1883 }
1884
f927760b
RS
1885 /* Attempt to synthesize double word multiplies using a sequence of word
1886 mode multiplications. We first attempt to generate a sequence using a
1887 more efficient unsigned widening multiply, and if that fails we then
1888 try using a signed widening multiply. */
77c9c6c2
RK
1889
1890 if (binoptab == smul_optab
d858f359 1891 && mclass == MODE_INT
77c9c6c2 1892 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba
RS
1893 && optab_handler (smul_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
1894 && optab_handler (add_optab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 1895 {
f927760b 1896 rtx product = NULL_RTX;
77c9c6c2 1897
947131ba 1898 if (optab_handler (umul_widen_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
f927760b
RS
1899 {
1900 product = expand_doubleword_mult (mode, op0, op1, target,
1901 true, methods);
1902 if (!product)
77c9c6c2 1903 delete_insns_since (last);
77c9c6c2
RK
1904 }
1905
f927760b 1906 if (product == NULL_RTX
947131ba 1907 && optab_handler (smul_widen_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 1908 {
f927760b
RS
1909 product = expand_doubleword_mult (mode, op0, op1, target,
1910 false, methods);
1911 if (!product)
1912 delete_insns_since (last);
77c9c6c2
RK
1913 }
1914
f927760b 1915 if (product != NULL_RTX)
77c9c6c2 1916 {
947131ba 1917 if (optab_handler (mov_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
70864443 1918 {
f927760b
RS
1919 temp = emit_move_insn (target ? target : product, product);
1920 set_unique_reg_note (temp,
1921 REG_EQUAL,
1922 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (MULT, mode,
1923 copy_rtx (op0),
1924 copy_rtx (op1)));
77c9c6c2 1925 }
f927760b 1926 return product;
77c9c6c2 1927 }
77c9c6c2
RK
1928 }
1929
1930 /* It can't be open-coded in this mode.
1931 Use a library call if one is available and caller says that's ok. */
1932
8a33f100
JH
1933 libfunc = optab_libfunc (binoptab, mode);
1934 if (libfunc
77c9c6c2
RK
1935 && (methods == OPTAB_LIB || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN))
1936 {
1937 rtx insns;
0bbb7f4d
RS
1938 rtx op1x = op1;
1939 enum machine_mode op1_mode = mode;
9a7f678c 1940 rtx value;
77c9c6c2
RK
1941
1942 start_sequence ();
1943
62442ab9 1944 if (shift_optab_p (binoptab))
0bbb7f4d 1945 {
c7ff6e7a 1946 op1_mode = targetm.libgcc_shift_count_mode ();
0bbb7f4d
RS
1947 /* Specify unsigned here,
1948 since negative shift counts are meaningless. */
c7ff6e7a 1949 op1x = convert_to_mode (op1_mode, op1, 1);
0bbb7f4d
RS
1950 }
1951
82f0e2cc
RK
1952 if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
1953 && GET_MODE (op0) != mode)
5035bbfe
TG
1954 op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, unsignedp);
1955
77c9c6c2
RK
1956 /* Pass 1 for NO_QUEUE so we don't lose any increments
1957 if the libcall is cse'd or moved. */
8a33f100 1958 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc,
ebb1b59a 1959 NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, mode, 2,
9a7f678c 1960 op0, mode, op1x, op1_mode);
77c9c6c2
RK
1961
1962 insns = get_insns ();
1963 end_sequence ();
1964
1965 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
9a7f678c 1966 emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
9e6a5703 1967 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode, op0, op1));
77c9c6c2
RK
1968
1969 return target;
1970 }
1971
1972 delete_insns_since (last);
1973
1974 /* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
1975
1976 if (! (methods == OPTAB_WIDEN || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
1977 || methods == OPTAB_MUST_WIDEN))
abd418d3
RS
1978 {
1979 /* Caller says, don't even try. */
1980 delete_insns_since (entry_last);
1981 return 0;
1982 }
77c9c6c2
RK
1983
1984 /* Compute the value of METHODS to pass to recursive calls.
1985 Don't allow widening to be tried recursively. */
1986
1987 methods = (methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN ? OPTAB_LIB : OPTAB_DIRECT);
1988
34e56753
RS
1989 /* Look for a wider mode of the same class for which it appears we can do
1990 the operation. */
77c9c6c2 1991
d858f359 1992 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
77c9c6c2 1993 {
86556d87
BE
1994 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
1995 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
77c9c6c2
RK
1996 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
1997 {
947131ba 1998 if (optab_handler (binoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
77c9c6c2 1999 || (methods == OPTAB_LIB
8a33f100 2000 && optab_libfunc (binoptab, wider_mode)))
77c9c6c2
RK
2001 {
2002 rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
2003 int no_extend = 0;
2004
34e56753 2005 /* For certain integer operations, we need not actually extend
77c9c6c2 2006 the narrow operands, as long as we will truncate
835532b8 2007 the results to the same narrowness. */
77c9c6c2 2008
34e56753
RS
2009 if ((binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == and_optab
2010 || binoptab == xor_optab
2011 || binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab
e5df894b 2012 || binoptab == smul_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab)
d858f359 2013 && mclass == MODE_INT)
77c9c6c2
RK
2014 no_extend = 1;
2015
0661a3de
RS
2016 xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode,
2017 unsignedp, no_extend);
943cc242
RK
2018
2019 /* The second operand of a shift must always be extended. */
0661a3de 2020 xop1 = widen_operand (xop1, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
e5df894b 2021 no_extend && binoptab != ashl_optab);
77c9c6c2 2022
b1ec3c92 2023 temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, binoptab, xop0, xop1, NULL_RTX,
77c9c6c2
RK
2024 unsignedp, methods);
2025 if (temp)
2026 {
d858f359 2027 if (mclass != MODE_INT
d0edd768 2028 || !TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, wider_mode))
77c9c6c2
RK
2029 {
2030 if (target == 0)
2031 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2032 convert_move (target, temp, 0);
2033 return target;
2034 }
2035 else
2036 return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
2037 }
2038 else
2039 delete_insns_since (last);
2040 }
2041 }
2042 }
2043
abd418d3 2044 delete_insns_since (entry_last);
77c9c6c2
RK
2045 return 0;
2046}
2047\f
2048/* Expand a binary operator which has both signed and unsigned forms.
2049 UOPTAB is the optab for unsigned operations, and SOPTAB is for
2050 signed operations.
2051
2052 If we widen unsigned operands, we may use a signed wider operation instead
2053 of an unsigned wider operation, since the result would be the same. */
2054
2055rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
2056sign_expand_binop (enum machine_mode mode, optab uoptab, optab soptab,
2057 rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target, int unsignedp,
2058 enum optab_methods methods)
77c9c6c2 2059{
b3694847 2060 rtx temp;
77c9c6c2 2061 optab direct_optab = unsignedp ? uoptab : soptab;
7e5487a2 2062 struct optab_d wide_soptab;
77c9c6c2
RK
2063
2064 /* Do it without widening, if possible. */
2065 temp = expand_binop (mode, direct_optab, op0, op1, target,
2066 unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2067 if (temp || methods == OPTAB_DIRECT)
2068 return temp;
2069
2070 /* Try widening to a signed int. Make a fake signed optab that
2071 hides any signed insn for direct use. */
2072 wide_soptab = *soptab;
947131ba 2073 set_optab_handler (&wide_soptab, mode, CODE_FOR_nothing);
ae2bd7d2
AH
2074 /* We don't want to generate new hash table entries from this fake
2075 optab. */
2076 wide_soptab.libcall_gen = NULL;
77c9c6c2
RK
2077
2078 temp = expand_binop (mode, &wide_soptab, op0, op1, target,
2079 unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN);
2080
2081 /* For unsigned operands, try widening to an unsigned int. */
2082 if (temp == 0 && unsignedp)
2083 temp = expand_binop (mode, uoptab, op0, op1, target,
2084 unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN);
2085 if (temp || methods == OPTAB_WIDEN)
2086 return temp;
2087
f90b7a5a 2088 /* Use the right width libcall if that exists. */
77c9c6c2
RK
2089 temp = expand_binop (mode, direct_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB);
2090 if (temp || methods == OPTAB_LIB)
2091 return temp;
2092
f90b7a5a 2093 /* Must widen and use a libcall, use either signed or unsigned. */
77c9c6c2
RK
2094 temp = expand_binop (mode, &wide_soptab, op0, op1, target,
2095 unsignedp, methods);
2096 if (temp != 0)
2097 return temp;
2098 if (unsignedp)
2099 return expand_binop (mode, uoptab, op0, op1, target,
2100 unsignedp, methods);
2101 return 0;
2102}
2103\f
6c7cf1f0
UB
2104/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by UNOPPTAB
2105 on operand OP0, with two results to TARG0 and TARG1.
2106 We assume that the order of the operands for the instruction
2107 is TARG0, TARG1, OP0.
2108
2109 Either TARG0 or TARG1 may be zero, but what that means is that
2110 the result is not actually wanted. We will generate it into
2111 a dummy pseudo-reg and discard it. They may not both be zero.
2112
2113 Returns 1 if this operation can be performed; 0 if not. */
2114
2115int
a072d43b 2116expand_twoval_unop (optab unoptab, rtx op0, rtx targ0, rtx targ1,
6c7cf1f0
UB
2117 int unsignedp)
2118{
2119 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (targ0 ? targ0 : targ1);
d858f359 2120 enum mode_class mclass;
6c7cf1f0
UB
2121 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
2122 rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
2123 rtx last;
2124
d858f359 2125 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
6c7cf1f0 2126
ad76cef8 2127 if (!targ0)
6c7cf1f0 2128 targ0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
ad76cef8 2129 if (!targ1)
6c7cf1f0
UB
2130 targ1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2131
2132 /* Record where to go back to if we fail. */
2133 last = get_last_insn ();
2134
947131ba 2135 if (optab_handler (unoptab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6c7cf1f0 2136 {
a5c7d693
RS
2137 struct expand_operand ops[3];
2138 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (unoptab, mode);
6c7cf1f0 2139
a5c7d693
RS
2140 create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], targ0);
2141 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], targ1);
2142 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[2], op0, mode, unsignedp);
2143 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 3, ops))
2144 return 1;
6c7cf1f0
UB
2145 }
2146
2147 /* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
2148
d858f359 2149 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
6c7cf1f0 2150 {
86556d87
BE
2151 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
2152 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
6c7cf1f0
UB
2153 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
2154 {
947131ba 2155 if (optab_handler (unoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6c7cf1f0
UB
2156 {
2157 rtx t0 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
2158 rtx t1 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
2159 rtx cop0 = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, op0, unsignedp);
2160
a072d43b 2161 if (expand_twoval_unop (unoptab, cop0, t0, t1, unsignedp))
6c7cf1f0
UB
2162 {
2163 convert_move (targ0, t0, unsignedp);
2164 convert_move (targ1, t1, unsignedp);
2165 return 1;
2166 }
2167 else
2168 delete_insns_since (last);
2169 }
2170 }
2171 }
2172
2173 delete_insns_since (entry_last);
2174 return 0;
2175}
2176\f
77c9c6c2
RK
2177/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by BINOPTAB
2178 on operands OP0 and OP1, with two results to TARG1 and TARG2.
2179 We assume that the order of the operands for the instruction
2180 is TARG0, OP0, OP1, TARG1, which would fit a pattern like
2181 [(set TARG0 (operate OP0 OP1)) (set TARG1 (operate ...))].
2182
2183 Either TARG0 or TARG1 may be zero, but what that means is that
38e01259 2184 the result is not actually wanted. We will generate it into
77c9c6c2
RK
2185 a dummy pseudo-reg and discard it. They may not both be zero.
2186
2187 Returns 1 if this operation can be performed; 0 if not. */
2188
2189int
0c20a65f
AJ
2190expand_twoval_binop (optab binoptab, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx targ0, rtx targ1,
2191 int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2
RK
2192{
2193 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (targ0 ? targ0 : targ1);
d858f359 2194 enum mode_class mclass;
77c9c6c2 2195 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
abd418d3 2196 rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
77c9c6c2
RK
2197 rtx last;
2198
d858f359 2199 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
77c9c6c2 2200
ad76cef8 2201 if (!targ0)
77c9c6c2 2202 targ0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
ad76cef8 2203 if (!targ1)
77c9c6c2
RK
2204 targ1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2205
2206 /* Record where to go back to if we fail. */
2207 last = get_last_insn ();
2208
947131ba 2209 if (optab_handler (binoptab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 2210 {
a5c7d693
RS
2211 struct expand_operand ops[4];
2212 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (binoptab, mode);
a995e389
RH
2213 enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
2214 enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
77c9c6c2
RK
2215 rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
2216
62442ab9
RS
2217 /* If we are optimizing, force expensive constants into a register. */
2218 xop0 = avoid_expensive_constant (mode0, binoptab, xop0, unsignedp);
2219 xop1 = avoid_expensive_constant (mode1, binoptab, xop1, unsignedp);
2220
a5c7d693
RS
2221 create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], targ0);
2222 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[1], op0, mode, unsignedp);
2223 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[2], op1, mode, unsignedp);
2224 create_fixed_operand (&ops[3], targ1);
2225 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 4, ops))
2226 return 1;
2227 delete_insns_since (last);
77c9c6c2
RK
2228 }
2229
2230 /* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
2231
d858f359 2232 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
77c9c6c2 2233 {
86556d87
BE
2234 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
2235 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
77c9c6c2
RK
2236 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
2237 {
947131ba 2238 if (optab_handler (binoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 2239 {
b3694847
SS
2240 rtx t0 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
2241 rtx t1 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
76791f3d
JH
2242 rtx cop0 = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, op0, unsignedp);
2243 rtx cop1 = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, op1, unsignedp);
77c9c6c2 2244
76791f3d 2245 if (expand_twoval_binop (binoptab, cop0, cop1,
77c9c6c2
RK
2246 t0, t1, unsignedp))
2247 {
2248 convert_move (targ0, t0, unsignedp);
2249 convert_move (targ1, t1, unsignedp);
2250 return 1;
2251 }
2252 else
2253 delete_insns_since (last);
2254 }
2255 }
2256 }
2257
abd418d3 2258 delete_insns_since (entry_last);
77c9c6c2
RK
2259 return 0;
2260}
b3f8d95d
MM
2261
2262/* Expand the two-valued library call indicated by BINOPTAB, but
2263 preserve only one of the values. If TARG0 is non-NULL, the first
2264 value is placed into TARG0; otherwise the second value is placed
2265 into TARG1. Exactly one of TARG0 and TARG1 must be non-NULL. The
2266 value stored into TARG0 or TARG1 is equivalent to (CODE OP0 OP1).
2267 This routine assumes that the value returned by the library call is
2268 as if the return value was of an integral mode twice as wide as the
2269 mode of OP0. Returns 1 if the call was successful. */
2270
2271bool
5906d013 2272expand_twoval_binop_libfunc (optab binoptab, rtx op0, rtx op1,
b3f8d95d
MM
2273 rtx targ0, rtx targ1, enum rtx_code code)
2274{
2275 enum machine_mode mode;
2276 enum machine_mode libval_mode;
2277 rtx libval;
2278 rtx insns;
8a33f100 2279 rtx libfunc;
5906d013 2280
b3f8d95d 2281 /* Exactly one of TARG0 or TARG1 should be non-NULL. */
e3feb571 2282 gcc_assert (!targ0 != !targ1);
b3f8d95d
MM
2283
2284 mode = GET_MODE (op0);
8a33f100
JH
2285 libfunc = optab_libfunc (binoptab, mode);
2286 if (!libfunc)
b3f8d95d
MM
2287 return false;
2288
2289 /* The value returned by the library function will have twice as
2290 many bits as the nominal MODE. */
5906d013 2291 libval_mode = smallest_mode_for_size (2 * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
b3f8d95d
MM
2292 MODE_INT);
2293 start_sequence ();
8a33f100 2294 libval = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST,
b3f8d95d 2295 libval_mode, 2,
5906d013 2296 op0, mode,
b3f8d95d
MM
2297 op1, mode);
2298 /* Get the part of VAL containing the value that we want. */
2299 libval = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, libval, libval_mode,
2300 targ0 ? 0 : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
2301 insns = get_insns ();
2302 end_sequence ();
2303 /* Move the into the desired location. */
5906d013 2304 emit_libcall_block (insns, targ0 ? targ0 : targ1, libval,
b3f8d95d 2305 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1));
5906d013 2306
b3f8d95d
MM
2307 return true;
2308}
2309
77c9c6c2 2310\f
ef89d648
ZW
2311/* Wrapper around expand_unop which takes an rtx code to specify
2312 the operation to perform, not an optab pointer. All other
2313 arguments are the same. */
2314rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
2315expand_simple_unop (enum machine_mode mode, enum rtx_code code, rtx op0,
2316 rtx target, int unsignedp)
ef89d648 2317{
7e1a450d 2318 optab unop = code_to_optab[(int) code];
e3feb571 2319 gcc_assert (unop);
ef89d648
ZW
2320
2321 return expand_unop (mode, unop, op0, target, unsignedp);
2322}
2323
2928cd7a
RH
2324/* Try calculating
2325 (clz:narrow x)
2326 as
3801c801
BS
2327 (clz:wide (zero_extend:wide x)) - ((width wide) - (width narrow)).
2328
2329 A similar operation can be used for clrsb. UNOPTAB says which operation
2330 we are trying to expand. */
2928cd7a 2331static rtx
3801c801 2332widen_leading (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target, optab unoptab)
2928cd7a 2333{
d858f359
KG
2334 enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
2335 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
2928cd7a
RH
2336 {
2337 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
86556d87
BE
2338 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
2339 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
2928cd7a
RH
2340 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
2341 {
3801c801 2342 if (optab_handler (unoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
2928cd7a
RH
2343 {
2344 rtx xop0, temp, last;
2345
2346 last = get_last_insn ();
2347
2348 if (target == 0)
2349 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
146aef0b
JJ
2350 xop0 = widen_operand (op0, wider_mode, mode,
2351 unoptab != clrsb_optab, false);
2352 temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, unoptab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
2353 unoptab != clrsb_optab);
2928cd7a
RH
2354 if (temp != 0)
2355 temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, sub_optab, temp,
69660a70
BS
2356 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_PRECISION (wider_mode)
2357 - GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)),
2928cd7a
RH
2358 target, true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2359 if (temp == 0)
2360 delete_insns_since (last);
2361
2362 return temp;
2363 }
2364 }
2365 }
2366 return 0;
2367}
2368
9cce5b20
ZW
2369/* Try calculating clz of a double-word quantity as two clz's of word-sized
2370 quantities, choosing which based on whether the high word is nonzero. */
2371static rtx
2372expand_doubleword_clz (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
2373{
2374 rtx xop0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
2375 rtx subhi = gen_highpart (word_mode, xop0);
2376 rtx sublo = gen_lowpart (word_mode, xop0);
2377 rtx hi0_label = gen_label_rtx ();
2378 rtx after_label = gen_label_rtx ();
2379 rtx seq, temp, result;
2380
2381 /* If we were not given a target, use a word_mode register, not a
2382 'mode' register. The result will fit, and nobody is expecting
2383 anything bigger (the return type of __builtin_clz* is int). */
2384 if (!target)
2385 target = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
2386
2387 /* In any case, write to a word_mode scratch in both branches of the
2388 conditional, so we can ensure there is a single move insn setting
2389 'target' to tag a REG_EQUAL note on. */
2390 result = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
2391
2392 start_sequence ();
2393
2394 /* If the high word is not equal to zero,
2395 then clz of the full value is clz of the high word. */
2396 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (subhi, CONST0_RTX (word_mode), EQ, 0,
2397 word_mode, true, hi0_label);
2398
2399 temp = expand_unop_direct (word_mode, clz_optab, subhi, result, true);
2400 if (!temp)
2401 goto fail;
2402
2403 if (temp != result)
2404 convert_move (result, temp, true);
2405
2406 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (after_label));
2407 emit_barrier ();
2408
2409 /* Else clz of the full value is clz of the low word plus the number
2410 of bits in the high word. */
2411 emit_label (hi0_label);
2412
2413 temp = expand_unop_direct (word_mode, clz_optab, sublo, 0, true);
2414 if (!temp)
2415 goto fail;
2416 temp = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, temp,
2417 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (word_mode)),
2418 result, true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2419 if (!temp)
2420 goto fail;
2421 if (temp != result)
2422 convert_move (result, temp, true);
2423
2424 emit_label (after_label);
2425 convert_move (target, result, true);
2426
2427 seq = get_insns ();
2428 end_sequence ();
2429
2430 add_equal_note (seq, target, CLZ, xop0, 0);
2431 emit_insn (seq);
2432 return target;
2433
2434 fail:
2435 end_sequence ();
2436 return 0;
2437}
2438
2e6834d3
RH
2439/* Try calculating
2440 (bswap:narrow x)
2441 as
2442 (lshiftrt:wide (bswap:wide x) ((width wide) - (width narrow))). */
2443static rtx
2444widen_bswap (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
2445{
d858f359 2446 enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
2e6834d3
RH
2447 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
2448 rtx x, last;
2449
d858f359 2450 if (!CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
2e6834d3
RH
2451 return NULL_RTX;
2452
2453 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
2454 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
2455 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
947131ba 2456 if (optab_handler (bswap_optab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
2e6834d3
RH
2457 goto found;
2458 return NULL_RTX;
2459
2460 found:
2461 last = get_last_insn ();
2462
2463 x = widen_operand (op0, wider_mode, mode, true, true);
2464 x = expand_unop (wider_mode, bswap_optab, x, NULL_RTX, true);
2465
2466 if (x != 0)
2467 x = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, wider_mode, x,
eb6c3df1
RG
2468 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wider_mode)
2469 - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
2e6834d3
RH
2470 NULL_RTX, true);
2471
2472 if (x != 0)
2473 {
2474 if (target == 0)
2475 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2476 emit_move_insn (target, gen_lowpart (mode, x));
2477 }
2478 else
2479 delete_insns_since (last);
2480
2481 return target;
2482}
2483
2484/* Try calculating bswap as two bswaps of two word-sized operands. */
2485
2486static rtx
2487expand_doubleword_bswap (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op, rtx target)
2488{
2489 rtx t0, t1;
2490
2491 t1 = expand_unop (word_mode, bswap_optab,
2492 operand_subword_force (op, 0, mode), NULL_RTX, true);
2493 t0 = expand_unop (word_mode, bswap_optab,
2494 operand_subword_force (op, 1, mode), NULL_RTX, true);
2495
02972eaf 2496 if (target == 0 || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
2e6834d3
RH
2497 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2498 if (REG_P (target))
c41c1387 2499 emit_clobber (target);
2e6834d3
RH
2500 emit_move_insn (operand_subword (target, 0, 1, mode), t0);
2501 emit_move_insn (operand_subword (target, 1, 1, mode), t1);
2502
2503 return target;
2504}
2505
2928cd7a
RH
2506/* Try calculating (parity x) as (and (popcount x) 1), where
2507 popcount can also be done in a wider mode. */
2508static rtx
0c20a65f 2509expand_parity (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
2928cd7a 2510{
d858f359
KG
2511 enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
2512 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
2928cd7a
RH
2513 {
2514 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
2515 for (wider_mode = mode; wider_mode != VOIDmode;
2516 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
2517 {
947131ba 2518 if (optab_handler (popcount_optab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
2928cd7a
RH
2519 {
2520 rtx xop0, temp, last;
2521
2522 last = get_last_insn ();
2523
2524 if (target == 0)
2525 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2526 xop0 = widen_operand (op0, wider_mode, mode, true, false);
2527 temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, popcount_optab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
2528 true);
2529 if (temp != 0)
60c81c89 2530 temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, and_optab, temp, const1_rtx,
2928cd7a
RH
2531 target, true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2532 if (temp == 0)
2533 delete_insns_since (last);
2534
2535 return temp;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539 return 0;
2540}
2541
9cce5b20 2542/* Try calculating ctz(x) as K - clz(x & -x) ,
69660a70 2543 where K is GET_MODE_PRECISION(mode) - 1.
9cce5b20
ZW
2544
2545 Both __builtin_ctz and __builtin_clz are undefined at zero, so we
2546 don't have to worry about what the hardware does in that case. (If
2547 the clz instruction produces the usual value at 0, which is K, the
2548 result of this code sequence will be -1; expand_ffs, below, relies
2549 on this. It might be nice to have it be K instead, for consistency
2550 with the (very few) processors that provide a ctz with a defined
2551 value, but that would take one more instruction, and it would be
2552 less convenient for expand_ffs anyway. */
2553
14670a74 2554static rtx
9cce5b20 2555expand_ctz (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
14670a74 2556{
9cce5b20 2557 rtx seq, temp;
b8698a0f 2558
947131ba 2559 if (optab_handler (clz_optab, mode) == CODE_FOR_nothing)
9cce5b20 2560 return 0;
b8698a0f 2561
9cce5b20 2562 start_sequence ();
14670a74 2563
9cce5b20
ZW
2564 temp = expand_unop_direct (mode, neg_optab, op0, NULL_RTX, true);
2565 if (temp)
2566 temp = expand_binop (mode, and_optab, op0, temp, NULL_RTX,
2567 true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2568 if (temp)
2569 temp = expand_unop_direct (mode, clz_optab, temp, NULL_RTX, true);
2570 if (temp)
69660a70 2571 temp = expand_binop (mode, sub_optab, GEN_INT (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1),
9cce5b20
ZW
2572 temp, target,
2573 true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2574 if (temp == 0)
2575 {
2576 end_sequence ();
2577 return 0;
14670a74 2578 }
9cce5b20
ZW
2579
2580 seq = get_insns ();
2581 end_sequence ();
2582
2583 add_equal_note (seq, temp, CTZ, op0, 0);
2584 emit_insn (seq);
2585 return temp;
14670a74
SL
2586}
2587
9cce5b20
ZW
2588
2589/* Try calculating ffs(x) using ctz(x) if we have that instruction, or
2590 else with the sequence used by expand_clz.
b8698a0f 2591
9cce5b20
ZW
2592 The ffs builtin promises to return zero for a zero value and ctz/clz
2593 may have an undefined value in that case. If they do not give us a
2594 convenient value, we have to generate a test and branch. */
14670a74 2595static rtx
9cce5b20 2596expand_ffs (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
14670a74 2597{
a3324f26
ZW
2598 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
2599 bool defined_at_zero = false;
9cce5b20
ZW
2600 rtx temp, seq;
2601
947131ba 2602 if (optab_handler (ctz_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
14670a74 2603 {
9cce5b20 2604 start_sequence ();
14670a74 2605
9cce5b20
ZW
2606 temp = expand_unop_direct (mode, ctz_optab, op0, 0, true);
2607 if (!temp)
2608 goto fail;
2609
2610 defined_at_zero = (CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val) == 2);
14670a74 2611 }
947131ba 2612 else if (optab_handler (clz_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
9cce5b20
ZW
2613 {
2614 start_sequence ();
2615 temp = expand_ctz (mode, op0, 0);
2616 if (!temp)
2617 goto fail;
2618
2619 if (CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val) == 2)
2620 {
2621 defined_at_zero = true;
69660a70 2622 val = (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1) - val;
9cce5b20
ZW
2623 }
2624 }
2625 else
2626 return 0;
2627
2628 if (defined_at_zero && val == -1)
2629 /* No correction needed at zero. */;
b8698a0f 2630 else
9cce5b20
ZW
2631 {
2632 /* We don't try to do anything clever with the situation found
2633 on some processors (eg Alpha) where ctz(0:mode) ==
2634 bitsize(mode). If someone can think of a way to send N to -1
2635 and leave alone all values in the range 0..N-1 (where N is a
2636 power of two), cheaper than this test-and-branch, please add it.
2637
2638 The test-and-branch is done after the operation itself, in case
2639 the operation sets condition codes that can be recycled for this.
2640 (This is true on i386, for instance.) */
2641
2642 rtx nonzero_label = gen_label_rtx ();
2643 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (op0, CONST0_RTX (mode), NE, 0,
2644 mode, true, nonzero_label);
2645
2646 convert_move (temp, GEN_INT (-1), false);
2647 emit_label (nonzero_label);
2648 }
2649
2650 /* temp now has a value in the range -1..bitsize-1. ffs is supposed
2651 to produce a value in the range 0..bitsize. */
2652 temp = expand_binop (mode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (1),
2653 target, false, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2654 if (!temp)
2655 goto fail;
2656
2657 seq = get_insns ();
2658 end_sequence ();
2659
2660 add_equal_note (seq, temp, FFS, op0, 0);
2661 emit_insn (seq);
2662 return temp;
2663
2664 fail:
2665 end_sequence ();
14670a74
SL
2666 return 0;
2667}
2668
c414ac1d 2669/* Extract the OMODE lowpart from VAL, which has IMODE. Under certain
6b132673
RH
2670 conditions, VAL may already be a SUBREG against which we cannot generate
2671 a further SUBREG. In this case, we expect forcing the value into a
2672 register will work around the situation. */
2673
2674static rtx
2675lowpart_subreg_maybe_copy (enum machine_mode omode, rtx val,
2676 enum machine_mode imode)
2677{
2678 rtx ret;
2679 ret = lowpart_subreg (omode, val, imode);
2680 if (ret == NULL)
2681 {
2682 val = force_reg (imode, val);
2683 ret = lowpart_subreg (omode, val, imode);
2684 gcc_assert (ret != NULL);
2685 }
2686 return ret;
2687}
2688
8c55a142
RH
2689/* Expand a floating point absolute value or negation operation via a
2690 logical operation on the sign bit. */
2691
2692static rtx
2693expand_absneg_bit (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
2694 rtx op0, rtx target)
2695{
2696 const struct real_format *fmt;
2697 int bitpos, word, nwords, i;
2698 enum machine_mode imode;
54fb1ae0 2699 double_int mask;
8c55a142
RH
2700 rtx temp, insns;
2701
2702 /* The format has to have a simple sign bit. */
2703 fmt = REAL_MODE_FORMAT (mode);
2704 if (fmt == NULL)
2705 return NULL_RTX;
2706
b87a0206 2707 bitpos = fmt->signbit_rw;
8c55a142
RH
2708 if (bitpos < 0)
2709 return NULL_RTX;
2710
2711 /* Don't create negative zeros if the format doesn't support them. */
2712 if (code == NEG && !fmt->has_signed_zero)
2713 return NULL_RTX;
2714
2715 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
2716 {
2717 imode = int_mode_for_mode (mode);
2718 if (imode == BLKmode)
2719 return NULL_RTX;
2720 word = 0;
2721 nwords = 1;
2722 }
2723 else
2724 {
2725 imode = word_mode;
2726
2727 if (FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2728 word = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - bitpos) / BITS_PER_WORD;
2729 else
2730 word = bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
2731 bitpos = bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD;
2732 nwords = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / BITS_PER_WORD;
2733 }
2734
54fb1ae0 2735 mask = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero, bitpos);
8c55a142 2736 if (code == ABS)
54fb1ae0 2737 mask = double_int_not (mask);
8c55a142 2738
02972eaf
RS
2739 if (target == 0
2740 || target == op0
2741 || (nwords > 1 && !valid_multiword_target_p (target)))
8c55a142
RH
2742 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2743
2744 if (nwords > 1)
2745 {
2746 start_sequence ();
2747
2748 for (i = 0; i < nwords; ++i)
2749 {
2750 rtx targ_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
2751 rtx op0_piece = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode);
c414ac1d 2752
8c55a142
RH
2753 if (i == word)
2754 {
2755 temp = expand_binop (imode, code == ABS ? and_optab : xor_optab,
2756 op0_piece,
54fb1ae0 2757 immed_double_int_const (mask, imode),
8c55a142
RH
2758 targ_piece, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
2759 if (temp != targ_piece)
2760 emit_move_insn (targ_piece, temp);
2761 }
2762 else
2763 emit_move_insn (targ_piece, op0_piece);
2764 }
2765
2766 insns = get_insns ();
2767 end_sequence ();
2768
d70dcf29 2769 emit_insn (insns);
8c55a142
RH
2770 }
2771 else
2772 {
2773 temp = expand_binop (imode, code == ABS ? and_optab : xor_optab,
2774 gen_lowpart (imode, op0),
54fb1ae0 2775 immed_double_int_const (mask, imode),
8c55a142
RH
2776 gen_lowpart (imode, target), 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
2777 target = lowpart_subreg_maybe_copy (mode, temp, imode);
2778
2779 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUAL,
2780 gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, mode, copy_rtx (op0)));
2781 }
2782
2783 return target;
2784}
2785
9cce5b20
ZW
2786/* As expand_unop, but will fail rather than attempt the operation in a
2787 different mode or with a libcall. */
2788static rtx
2789expand_unop_direct (enum machine_mode mode, optab unoptab, rtx op0, rtx target,
0c20a65f 2790 int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2 2791{
947131ba 2792 if (optab_handler (unoptab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 2793 {
a5c7d693
RS
2794 struct expand_operand ops[2];
2795 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (unoptab, mode);
9cce5b20 2796 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
a5c7d693 2797 rtx pat;
77c9c6c2 2798
a5c7d693
RS
2799 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
2800 create_convert_operand_from (&ops[1], op0, mode, unsignedp);
2801 pat = maybe_gen_insn (icode, 2, ops);
77c9c6c2
RK
2802 if (pat)
2803 {
2f937369 2804 if (INSN_P (pat) && NEXT_INSN (pat) != NULL_RTX
a5c7d693
RS
2805 && ! add_equal_note (pat, ops[0].value, unoptab->code,
2806 ops[1].value, NULL_RTX))
77c9c6c2
RK
2807 {
2808 delete_insns_since (last);
b1ec3c92 2809 return expand_unop (mode, unoptab, op0, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
77c9c6c2
RK
2810 }
2811
2812 emit_insn (pat);
0c20a65f 2813
a5c7d693 2814 return ops[0].value;
77c9c6c2 2815 }
77c9c6c2 2816 }
9cce5b20
ZW
2817 return 0;
2818}
2819
2820/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by UNOPTAB
2821 on operand OP0, with result having machine-mode MODE.
2822
2823 UNSIGNEDP is for the case where we have to widen the operands
2824 to perform the operation. It says to use zero-extension.
2825
2826 If TARGET is nonzero, the value
2827 is generated there, if it is convenient to do so.
2828 In all cases an rtx is returned for the locus of the value;
2829 this may or may not be TARGET. */
2830
2831rtx
2832expand_unop (enum machine_mode mode, optab unoptab, rtx op0, rtx target,
2833 int unsignedp)
2834{
d858f359 2835 enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
9cce5b20
ZW
2836 enum machine_mode wider_mode;
2837 rtx temp;
8a33f100 2838 rtx libfunc;
9cce5b20
ZW
2839
2840 temp = expand_unop_direct (mode, unoptab, op0, target, unsignedp);
2841 if (temp)
2842 return temp;
77c9c6c2 2843
9a856ec7
RK
2844 /* It can't be done in this mode. Can we open-code it in a wider mode? */
2845
9cce5b20 2846 /* Widening (or narrowing) clz needs special treatment. */
2928cd7a
RH
2847 if (unoptab == clz_optab)
2848 {
3801c801 2849 temp = widen_leading (mode, op0, target, unoptab);
2928cd7a
RH
2850 if (temp)
2851 return temp;
9cce5b20
ZW
2852
2853 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba 2854 && optab_handler (unoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
9cce5b20
ZW
2855 {
2856 temp = expand_doubleword_clz (mode, op0, target);
2857 if (temp)
2858 return temp;
2859 }
2860
3801c801
BS
2861 goto try_libcall;
2862 }
2863
2864 if (unoptab == clrsb_optab)
2865 {
2866 temp = widen_leading (mode, op0, target, unoptab);
2867 if (temp)
2868 return temp;
2869 goto try_libcall;
2928cd7a
RH
2870 }
2871
2e6834d3 2872 /* Widening (or narrowing) bswap needs special treatment. */
167fa32c 2873 if (unoptab == bswap_optab)
2e6834d3
RH
2874 {
2875 temp = widen_bswap (mode, op0, target);
2876 if (temp)
2877 return temp;
2878
2879 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba 2880 && optab_handler (unoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
2e6834d3
RH
2881 {
2882 temp = expand_doubleword_bswap (mode, op0, target);
2883 if (temp)
2884 return temp;
2885 }
2886
2887 goto try_libcall;
2888 }
167fa32c 2889
d858f359 2890 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
86556d87
BE
2891 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
2892 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
9a856ec7
RK
2893 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
2894 {
947131ba 2895 if (optab_handler (unoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
9a856ec7
RK
2896 {
2897 rtx xop0 = op0;
9cce5b20 2898 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
9a856ec7
RK
2899
2900 /* For certain operations, we need not actually extend
2901 the narrow operand, as long as we will truncate the
835532b8
RK
2902 results to the same narrowness. */
2903
0661a3de 2904 xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
835532b8
RK
2905 (unoptab == neg_optab
2906 || unoptab == one_cmpl_optab)
d858f359 2907 && mclass == MODE_INT);
0c20a65f 2908
b1ec3c92
CH
2909 temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, unoptab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
2910 unsignedp);
9a856ec7
RK
2911
2912 if (temp)
2913 {
d858f359 2914 if (mclass != MODE_INT
d0edd768 2915 || !TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, wider_mode))
9a856ec7
RK
2916 {
2917 if (target == 0)
2918 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2919 convert_move (target, temp, 0);
2920 return target;
2921 }
2922 else
2923 return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
2924 }
2925 else
2926 delete_insns_since (last);
2927 }
2928 }
2929
77c9c6c2
RK
2930 /* These can be done a word at a time. */
2931 if (unoptab == one_cmpl_optab
d858f359 2932 && mclass == MODE_INT
77c9c6c2 2933 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
947131ba 2934 && optab_handler (unoptab, word_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2 2935 {
bb93b973 2936 int i;
77c9c6c2
RK
2937 rtx insns;
2938
02972eaf 2939 if (target == 0 || target == op0 || !valid_multiword_target_p (target))
77c9c6c2
RK
2940 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2941
2942 start_sequence ();
2943
2944 /* Do the actual arithmetic. */
2945 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD; i++)
2946 {
2947 rtx target_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
34e56753 2948 rtx x = expand_unop (word_mode, unoptab,
77c9c6c2
RK
2949 operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode),
2950 target_piece, unsignedp);
bb93b973 2951
77c9c6c2
RK
2952 if (target_piece != x)
2953 emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
2954 }
2955
2956 insns = get_insns ();
2957 end_sequence ();
2958
d70dcf29 2959 emit_insn (insns);
77c9c6c2
RK
2960 return target;
2961 }
2962
8c55a142 2963 if (unoptab->code == NEG)
4977bab6 2964 {
8c55a142 2965 /* Try negating floating point values by flipping the sign bit. */
74b14698 2966 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
4977bab6 2967 {
8c55a142
RH
2968 temp = expand_absneg_bit (NEG, mode, op0, target);
2969 if (temp)
2970 return temp;
2971 }
9ee0a442 2972
8c55a142
RH
2973 /* If there is no negation pattern, and we have no negative zero,
2974 try subtracting from zero. */
2975 if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode))
2976 {
2977 temp = expand_binop (mode, (unoptab == negv_optab
2978 ? subv_optab : sub_optab),
2979 CONST0_RTX (mode), op0, target,
2980 unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
2981 if (temp)
2982 return temp;
2983 }
4977bab6
ZW
2984 }
2985
2928cd7a
RH
2986 /* Try calculating parity (x) as popcount (x) % 2. */
2987 if (unoptab == parity_optab)
2988 {
2989 temp = expand_parity (mode, op0, target);
2990 if (temp)
2991 return temp;
2992 }
2993
14670a74
SL
2994 /* Try implementing ffs (x) in terms of clz (x). */
2995 if (unoptab == ffs_optab)
2996 {
2997 temp = expand_ffs (mode, op0, target);
2998 if (temp)
2999 return temp;
3000 }
3001
3002 /* Try implementing ctz (x) in terms of clz (x). */
3003 if (unoptab == ctz_optab)
3004 {
3005 temp = expand_ctz (mode, op0, target);
3006 if (temp)
3007 return temp;
3008 }
3009
2928cd7a 3010 try_libcall:
139e5e08 3011 /* Now try a library call in this mode. */
8a33f100
JH
3012 libfunc = optab_libfunc (unoptab, mode);
3013 if (libfunc)
77c9c6c2
RK
3014 {
3015 rtx insns;
9a7f678c 3016 rtx value;
1230d7f8 3017 rtx eq_value;
2928cd7a
RH
3018 enum machine_mode outmode = mode;
3019
3020 /* All of these functions return small values. Thus we choose to
3021 have them return something that isn't a double-word. */
3022 if (unoptab == ffs_optab || unoptab == clz_optab || unoptab == ctz_optab
3801c801
BS
3023 || unoptab == clrsb_optab || unoptab == popcount_optab
3024 || unoptab == parity_optab)
cd2ac05b 3025 outmode
390b17c2
RE
3026 = GET_MODE (hard_libcall_value (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node),
3027 optab_libfunc (unoptab, mode)));
77c9c6c2
RK
3028
3029 start_sequence ();
3030
3031 /* Pass 1 for NO_QUEUE so we don't lose any increments
3032 if the libcall is cse'd or moved. */
8a33f100 3033 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, outmode,
2928cd7a 3034 1, op0, mode);
77c9c6c2
RK
3035 insns = get_insns ();
3036 end_sequence ();
3037
2928cd7a 3038 target = gen_reg_rtx (outmode);
1230d7f8
RS
3039 eq_value = gen_rtx_fmt_e (unoptab->code, mode, op0);
3040 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
3041 eq_value = simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, outmode, eq_value, mode);
3042 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
3043 eq_value = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, outmode, eq_value, mode);
3044 emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value, eq_value);
77c9c6c2
RK
3045
3046 return target;
3047 }
3048
3049 /* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
3050
d858f359 3051 if (CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
77c9c6c2 3052 {
86556d87
BE
3053 for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
3054 wider_mode != VOIDmode;
77c9c6c2
RK
3055 wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
3056 {
947131ba 3057 if (optab_handler (unoptab, wider_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
8a33f100 3058 || optab_libfunc (unoptab, wider_mode))
77c9c6c2 3059 {
34e56753 3060 rtx xop0 = op0;
9cce5b20 3061 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
34e56753
RS
3062
3063 /* For certain operations, we need not actually extend
3064 the narrow operand, as long as we will truncate the
3065 results to the same narrowness. */
3066
0661a3de 3067 xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
835532b8
RK
3068 (unoptab == neg_optab
3069 || unoptab == one_cmpl_optab)
d858f359 3070 && mclass == MODE_INT);
0c20a65f 3071
b1ec3c92
CH
3072 temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, unoptab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
3073 unsignedp);
34e56753 3074
c117dddc 3075 /* If we are generating clz using wider mode, adjust the
146aef0b
JJ
3076 result. Similarly for clrsb. */
3077 if ((unoptab == clz_optab || unoptab == clrsb_optab)
3078 && temp != 0)
c117dddc 3079 temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, sub_optab, temp,
69660a70
BS
3080 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_PRECISION (wider_mode)
3081 - GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)),
c117dddc
KH
3082 target, true, OPTAB_DIRECT);
3083
34e56753 3084 if (temp)
77c9c6c2 3085 {
d858f359 3086 if (mclass != MODE_INT)
34e56753
RS
3087 {
3088 if (target == 0)
3089 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
3090 convert_move (target, temp, 0);
3091 return target;
3092 }
3093 else
3094 return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
77c9c6c2
RK
3095 }
3096 else
34e56753 3097 delete_insns_since (last);
77c9c6c2
RK
3098 }
3099 }
3100 }
3101
8c55a142
RH
3102 /* One final attempt at implementing negation via subtraction,
3103 this time allowing widening of the operand. */
3104 if (unoptab->code == NEG && !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode))
0c20a65f 3105 {
b82b6eea 3106 rtx temp;
91ce572a
CC
3107 temp = expand_binop (mode,
3108 unoptab == negv_optab ? subv_optab : sub_optab,
3109 CONST0_RTX (mode), op0,
3110 target, unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
b82b6eea 3111 if (temp)
8c55a142 3112 return temp;
b82b6eea 3113 }
0c20a65f 3114
77c9c6c2
RK
3115 return 0;
3116}
3117\f
decdfa82
RS
3118/* Emit code to compute the absolute value of OP0, with result to
3119 TARGET if convenient. (TARGET may be 0.) The return value says
3120 where the result actually is to be found.
3121
3122 MODE is the mode of the operand; the mode of the result is
3123 different but can be deduced from MODE.
3124
91813b28 3125 */
7fd01431
RK
3126
3127rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
3128expand_abs_nojump (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target,
3129 int result_unsignedp)
7fd01431 3130{
2ef0a555 3131 rtx temp;
7fd01431 3132
91ce572a
CC
3133 if (! flag_trapv)
3134 result_unsignedp = 1;
3135
7fd01431 3136 /* First try to do it with a special abs instruction. */
91ce572a
CC
3137 temp = expand_unop (mode, result_unsignedp ? abs_optab : absv_optab,
3138 op0, target, 0);
7fd01431
RK
3139 if (temp != 0)
3140 return temp;
3141
4977bab6 3142 /* For floating point modes, try clearing the sign bit. */
3d8bf70f 3143 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
4977bab6 3144 {
8c55a142
RH
3145 temp = expand_absneg_bit (ABS, mode, op0, target);
3146 if (temp)
3147 return temp;
4977bab6
ZW
3148 }
3149
14a774a9 3150 /* If we have a MAX insn, we can do this as MAX (x, -x). */
947131ba 3151 if (optab_handler (smax_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
8c55a142 3152 && !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode))
14a774a9
RK
3153 {
3154 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
3155
3156 temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, NULL_RTX, 0);
3157 if (temp != 0)
3158 temp = expand_binop (mode, smax_optab, op0, temp, target, 0,
3159 OPTAB_WIDEN);
3160
3161 if (temp != 0)
3162 return temp;
3163
3164 delete_insns_since (last);
3165 }
3166
7fd01431
RK
3167 /* If this machine has expensive jumps, we can do integer absolute
3168 value of X as (((signed) x >> (W-1)) ^ x) - ((signed) x >> (W-1)),
e1078cfc 3169 where W is the width of MODE. */
7fd01431 3170
3a4fd356
JH
3171 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
3172 && BRANCH_COST (optimize_insn_for_speed_p (),
3173 false) >= 2)
7fd01431
RK
3174 {
3175 rtx extended = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, op0,
69660a70 3176 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1,
7fd01431
RK
3177 NULL_RTX, 0);
3178
3179 temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, extended, op0, target, 0,
3180 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3181 if (temp != 0)
91ce572a
CC
3182 temp = expand_binop (mode, result_unsignedp ? sub_optab : subv_optab,
3183 temp, extended, target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
7fd01431
RK
3184
3185 if (temp != 0)
3186 return temp;
3187 }
3188
2ef0a555
RH
3189 return NULL_RTX;
3190}
3191
3192rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
3193expand_abs (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target,
3194 int result_unsignedp, int safe)
2ef0a555
RH
3195{
3196 rtx temp, op1;
3197
77173bbe
KH
3198 if (! flag_trapv)
3199 result_unsignedp = 1;
3200
2ef0a555
RH
3201 temp = expand_abs_nojump (mode, op0, target, result_unsignedp);
3202 if (temp != 0)
3203 return temp;
3204
7fd01431 3205 /* If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate. */
5c0bf747
RK
3206
3207 /* It is safe to use the target if it is the same
3208 as the source if this is also a pseudo register */
f8cfc6aa 3209 if (op0 == target && REG_P (op0)
5c0bf747
RK
3210 && REGNO (op0) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3211 safe = 1;
3212
7fd01431
RK
3213 op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
3214 if (target == 0 || ! safe
3215 || GET_MODE (target) != mode
3c0cb5de 3216 || (MEM_P (target) && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))
f8cfc6aa 3217 || (REG_P (target)
7fd01431
RK
3218 && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
3219 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
3220
3221 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
3222 NO_DEFER_POP;
3223
3bf78d3b 3224 do_compare_rtx_and_jump (target, CONST0_RTX (mode), GE, 0, mode,
40e90eac 3225 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, op1, -1);
7fd01431 3226
91ce572a
CC
3227 op0 = expand_unop (mode, result_unsignedp ? neg_optab : negv_optab,
3228 target, target, 0);
7fd01431
RK
3229 if (op0 != target)
3230 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
3231 emit_label (op1);
3232 OK_DEFER_POP;
3233 return target;
3234}
046625fa 3235
65026047
ER
3236/* Emit code to compute the one's complement absolute value of OP0
3237 (if (OP0 < 0) OP0 = ~OP0), with result to TARGET if convenient.
3238 (TARGET may be NULL_RTX.) The return value says where the result
3239 actually is to be found.
3240
3241 MODE is the mode of the operand; the mode of the result is
3242 different but can be deduced from MODE. */
3243
3244rtx
3245expand_one_cmpl_abs_nojump (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx target)
3246{
3247 rtx temp;
3248
3249 /* Not applicable for floating point modes. */
3250 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
3251 return NULL_RTX;
3252
3253 /* If we have a MAX insn, we can do this as MAX (x, ~x). */
947131ba 3254 if (optab_handler (smax_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
65026047
ER
3255 {
3256 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
3257
3258 temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, NULL_RTX, 0);
3259 if (temp != 0)
3260 temp = expand_binop (mode, smax_optab, op0, temp, target, 0,
3261 OPTAB_WIDEN);
3262
3263 if (temp != 0)
3264 return temp;
3265
3266 delete_insns_since (last);
3267 }
3268
3269 /* If this machine has expensive jumps, we can do one's complement
3270 absolute value of X as (((signed) x >> (W-1)) ^ x). */
3271
3272 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
3273 && BRANCH_COST (optimize_insn_for_speed_p (),
3274 false) >= 2)
3275 {
3276 rtx extended = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, op0,
69660a70 3277 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1,
65026047
ER
3278 NULL_RTX, 0);
3279
3280 temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, extended, op0, target, 0,
3281 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3282
3283 if (temp != 0)
3284 return temp;
3285 }
3286
3287 return NULL_RTX;
3288}
3289
ae394659
RH
3290/* A subroutine of expand_copysign, perform the copysign operation using the
3291 abs and neg primitives advertised to exist on the target. The assumption
3292 is that we have a split register file, and leaving op0 in fp registers,
3293 and not playing with subregs so much, will help the register allocator. */
046625fa 3294
9abd1955 3295static rtx
ae394659
RH
3296expand_copysign_absneg (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target,
3297 int bitpos, bool op0_is_abs)
046625fa 3298{
046625fa 3299 enum machine_mode imode;
a5c7d693 3300 enum insn_code icode;
d0c9d431 3301 rtx sign, label;
046625fa 3302
ae394659
RH
3303 if (target == op1)
3304 target = NULL_RTX;
046625fa 3305
d0c9d431
UB
3306 /* Check if the back end provides an insn that handles signbit for the
3307 argument's mode. */
a5c7d693 3308 icode = optab_handler (signbit_optab, mode);
d0c9d431 3309 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
ae394659 3310 {
a5c7d693 3311 imode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].mode;
d0c9d431
UB
3312 sign = gen_reg_rtx (imode);
3313 emit_unop_insn (icode, sign, op1, UNKNOWN);
ae394659
RH
3314 }
3315 else
3316 {
54fb1ae0 3317 double_int mask;
d0c9d431
UB
3318
3319 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
3320 {
3321 imode = int_mode_for_mode (mode);
3322 if (imode == BLKmode)
3323 return NULL_RTX;
3324 op1 = gen_lowpart (imode, op1);
3325 }
ae394659 3326 else
d0c9d431
UB
3327 {
3328 int word;
046625fa 3329
d0c9d431
UB
3330 imode = word_mode;
3331 if (FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
3332 word = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - bitpos) / BITS_PER_WORD;
3333 else
3334 word = bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
3335 bitpos = bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD;
3336 op1 = operand_subword_force (op1, word, mode);
3337 }
3338
54fb1ae0 3339 mask = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero, bitpos);
d0c9d431 3340
d0c9d431 3341 sign = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, op1,
54fb1ae0 3342 immed_double_int_const (mask, imode),
d0c9d431 3343 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
ae394659 3344 }
046625fa 3345
d0c9d431 3346 if (!op0_is_abs)
8c55a142 3347 {
d0c9d431
UB
3348 op0 = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0);
3349 if (op0 == NULL)
3350 return NULL_RTX;
3351 target = op0;
8c55a142 3352 }
ae394659
RH
3353 else
3354 {
d0c9d431
UB
3355 if (target == NULL_RTX)
3356 target = copy_to_reg (op0);
3357 else
3358 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
ae394659
RH
3359 }
3360
ae394659 3361 label = gen_label_rtx ();
d0c9d431 3362 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (sign, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, imode, 1, label);
ae394659
RH
3363
3364 if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
3365 op0 = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
3366 else
3367 op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0);
3368 if (op0 != target)
3369 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
3370
3371 emit_label (label);
3372
3373 return target;
3374}
3375
3376
3377/* A subroutine of expand_copysign, perform the entire copysign operation
3378 with integer bitmasks. BITPOS is the position of the sign bit; OP0_IS_ABS
3379 is true if op0 is known to have its sign bit clear. */
3380
3381static rtx
3382expand_copysign_bit (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target,
3383 int bitpos, bool op0_is_abs)
3384{
3385 enum machine_mode imode;
54fb1ae0 3386 double_int mask;
ae394659
RH
3387 int word, nwords, i;
3388 rtx temp, insns;
046625fa 3389
8c55a142 3390 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
046625fa 3391 {
8c55a142
RH
3392 imode = int_mode_for_mode (mode);
3393 if (imode == BLKmode)
3394 return NULL_RTX;
3395 word = 0;
3396 nwords = 1;
3397 }
3398 else
3399 {
3400 imode = word_mode;
3401
3402 if (FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
3403 word = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - bitpos) / BITS_PER_WORD;
3404 else
3405 word = bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
3406 bitpos = bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD;
3407 nwords = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / BITS_PER_WORD;
046625fa
RH
3408 }
3409
54fb1ae0 3410 mask = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero, bitpos);
046625fa 3411
02972eaf
RS
3412 if (target == 0
3413 || target == op0
3414 || target == op1
3415 || (nwords > 1 && !valid_multiword_target_p (target)))
8c55a142
RH
3416 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
3417
3418 if (nwords > 1)
046625fa 3419 {
8c55a142
RH
3420 start_sequence ();
3421
3422 for (i = 0; i < nwords; ++i)
046625fa 3423 {
8c55a142
RH
3424 rtx targ_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
3425 rtx op0_piece = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode);
c414ac1d 3426
8c55a142
RH
3427 if (i == word)
3428 {
ae394659 3429 if (!op0_is_abs)
54fb1ae0
AS
3430 op0_piece
3431 = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, op0_piece,
3432 immed_double_int_const (double_int_not (mask),
3433 imode),
3434 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8c55a142
RH
3435
3436 op1 = expand_binop (imode, and_optab,
3437 operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode),
54fb1ae0 3438 immed_double_int_const (mask, imode),
8c55a142
RH
3439 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3440
3441 temp = expand_binop (imode, ior_optab, op0_piece, op1,
3442 targ_piece, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3443 if (temp != targ_piece)
3444 emit_move_insn (targ_piece, temp);
3445 }
3446 else
3447 emit_move_insn (targ_piece, op0_piece);
046625fa 3448 }
8c55a142
RH
3449
3450 insns = get_insns ();
3451 end_sequence ();
3452
d70dcf29 3453 emit_insn (insns);
046625fa
RH
3454 }
3455 else
8c55a142
RH
3456 {
3457 op1 = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, gen_lowpart (imode, op1),
54fb1ae0 3458 immed_double_int_const (mask, imode),
8c55a142
RH
3459 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3460
3461 op0 = gen_lowpart (imode, op0);
ae394659 3462 if (!op0_is_abs)
8c55a142 3463 op0 = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, op0,
54fb1ae0
AS
3464 immed_double_int_const (double_int_not (mask),
3465 imode),
8c55a142
RH
3466 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3467
3468 temp = expand_binop (imode, ior_optab, op0, op1,
3469 gen_lowpart (imode, target), 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3470 target = lowpart_subreg_maybe_copy (mode, temp, imode);
3471 }
046625fa
RH
3472
3473 return target;
3474}
ae394659 3475
c414ac1d 3476/* Expand the C99 copysign operation. OP0 and OP1 must be the same
ae394659
RH
3477 scalar floating point mode. Return NULL if we do not know how to
3478 expand the operation inline. */
3479
3480rtx
3481expand_copysign (rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx target)
3482{
3483 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
3484 const struct real_format *fmt;
ae394659
RH
3485 bool op0_is_abs;
3486 rtx temp;
3487
3488 gcc_assert (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode));
3489 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op1) == mode);
3490
3491 /* First try to do it with a special instruction. */
3492 temp = expand_binop (mode, copysign_optab, op0, op1,
3493 target, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
3494 if (temp)
3495 return temp;
3496
3497 fmt = REAL_MODE_FORMAT (mode);
3498 if (fmt == NULL || !fmt->has_signed_zero)
3499 return NULL_RTX;
3500
ae394659
RH
3501 op0_is_abs = false;
3502 if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
3503 {
3504 if (real_isneg (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op0)))
3505 op0 = simplify_unary_operation (ABS, mode, op0, mode);
3506 op0_is_abs = true;
3507 }
3508
c064fde5
RS
3509 if (fmt->signbit_ro >= 0
3510 && (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE
947131ba
RS
3511 || (optab_handler (neg_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
3512 && optab_handler (abs_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)))
ae394659
RH
3513 {
3514 temp = expand_copysign_absneg (mode, op0, op1, target,
c064fde5 3515 fmt->signbit_ro, op0_is_abs);
ae394659
RH
3516 if (temp)
3517 return temp;
3518 }
3519
c064fde5
RS
3520 if (fmt->signbit_rw < 0)
3521 return NULL_RTX;
3522 return expand_copysign_bit (mode, op0, op1, target,
3523 fmt->signbit_rw, op0_is_abs);
ae394659 3524}
7fd01431 3525\f
77c9c6c2
RK
3526/* Generate an instruction whose insn-code is INSN_CODE,
3527 with two operands: an output TARGET and an input OP0.
3528 TARGET *must* be nonzero, and the output is always stored there.
3529 CODE is an rtx code such that (CODE OP0) is an rtx that describes
b8698a0f 3530 the value that is stored into TARGET.
77c9c6c2 3531
18bd082d
JH
3532 Return false if expansion failed. */
3533
3534bool
a5c7d693
RS
3535maybe_emit_unop_insn (enum insn_code icode, rtx target, rtx op0,
3536 enum rtx_code code)
77c9c6c2 3537{
a5c7d693 3538 struct expand_operand ops[2];
77c9c6c2 3539 rtx pat;
77c9c6c2 3540
a5c7d693
RS
3541 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, GET_MODE (target));
3542 create_input_operand (&ops[1], op0, GET_MODE (op0));
3543 pat = maybe_gen_insn (icode, 2, ops);
18bd082d 3544 if (!pat)
a5c7d693 3545 return false;
77c9c6c2 3546
2f937369 3547 if (INSN_P (pat) && NEXT_INSN (pat) != NULL_RTX && code != UNKNOWN)
a5c7d693 3548 add_equal_note (pat, ops[0].value, code, ops[1].value, NULL_RTX);
0c20a65f 3549
77c9c6c2
RK
3550 emit_insn (pat);
3551
a5c7d693
RS
3552 if (ops[0].value != target)
3553 emit_move_insn (target, ops[0].value);
18bd082d
JH
3554 return true;
3555}
3556/* Generate an instruction whose insn-code is INSN_CODE,
3557 with two operands: an output TARGET and an input OP0.
3558 TARGET *must* be nonzero, and the output is always stored there.
3559 CODE is an rtx code such that (CODE OP0) is an rtx that describes
3560 the value that is stored into TARGET. */
3561
3562void
a5c7d693 3563emit_unop_insn (enum insn_code icode, rtx target, rtx op0, enum rtx_code code)
18bd082d
JH
3564{
3565 bool ok = maybe_emit_unop_insn (icode, target, op0, code);
3566 gcc_assert (ok);
77c9c6c2
RK
3567}
3568\f
326a31e9
R
3569struct no_conflict_data
3570{
3571 rtx target, first, insn;
3572 bool must_stay;
3573};
3574
d70dcf29
KZ
3575/* Called via note_stores by emit_libcall_block. Set P->must_stay if
3576 the currently examined clobber / store has to stay in the list of
3577 insns that constitute the actual libcall block. */
326a31e9 3578static void
7bc980e1 3579no_conflict_move_test (rtx dest, const_rtx set, void *p0)
326a31e9 3580{
d3bfe4de 3581 struct no_conflict_data *p= (struct no_conflict_data *) p0;
326a31e9
R
3582
3583 /* If this inns directly contributes to setting the target, it must stay. */
3584 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (p->target, dest))
3585 p->must_stay = true;
3586 /* If we haven't committed to keeping any other insns in the list yet,
3587 there is nothing more to check. */
3588 else if (p->insn == p->first)
3589 return;
3590 /* If this insn sets / clobbers a register that feeds one of the insns
3591 already in the list, this insn has to stay too. */
9617ccfd
R
3592 else if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (dest, PATTERN (p->first))
3593 || (CALL_P (p->first) && (find_reg_fusage (p->first, USE, dest)))
326a31e9
R
3594 || reg_used_between_p (dest, p->first, p->insn)
3595 /* Likewise if this insn depends on a register set by a previous
ca7a5aec
R
3596 insn in the list, or if it sets a result (presumably a hard
3597 register) that is set or clobbered by a previous insn.
3598 N.B. the modified_*_p (SET_DEST...) tests applied to a MEM
3599 SET_DEST perform the former check on the address, and the latter
3600 check on the MEM. */
326a31e9
R
3601 || (GET_CODE (set) == SET
3602 && (modified_in_p (SET_SRC (set), p->first)
ca7a5aec
R
3603 || modified_in_p (SET_DEST (set), p->first)
3604 || modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p->first, p->insn)
3605 || modified_between_p (SET_DEST (set), p->first, p->insn))))
326a31e9
R
3606 p->must_stay = true;
3607}
3608
77c9c6c2
RK
3609\f
3610/* Emit code to make a call to a constant function or a library call.
3611
3612 INSNS is a list containing all insns emitted in the call.
3613 These insns leave the result in RESULT. Our block is to copy RESULT
3614 to TARGET, which is logically equivalent to EQUIV.
3615
3616 We first emit any insns that set a pseudo on the assumption that these are
3617 loading constants into registers; doing so allows them to be safely cse'ed
3618 between blocks. Then we emit all the other insns in the block, followed by
3619 an insn to move RESULT to TARGET. This last insn will have a REQ_EQUAL
856905c2
SB
3620 note with an operand of EQUIV. */
3621
77c9c6c2 3622void
0c20a65f 3623emit_libcall_block (rtx insns, rtx target, rtx result, rtx equiv)
77c9c6c2 3624{
aff2c2d3 3625 rtx final_dest = target;
0f900dfa 3626 rtx next, last, insn;
77c9c6c2 3627
aff2c2d3
BS
3628 /* If this is a reg with REG_USERVAR_P set, then it could possibly turn
3629 into a MEM later. Protect the libcall block from this change. */
3630 if (! REG_P (target) || REG_USERVAR_P (target))
3631 target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
0c20a65f 3632
5154e79a
AH
3633 /* If we're using non-call exceptions, a libcall corresponding to an
3634 operation that may trap may also trap. */
1d65f45c 3635 /* ??? See the comment in front of make_reg_eh_region_note. */
8f4f502f 3636 if (cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions && may_trap_p (equiv))
5154e79a
AH
3637 {
3638 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4b4bf941 3639 if (CALL_P (insn))
5154e79a
AH
3640 {
3641 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
1d65f45c
RH
3642 if (note)
3643 {
3644 int lp_nr = INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0));
3645 if (lp_nr == 0 || lp_nr == INT_MIN)
3646 remove_note (insn, note);
3647 }
5154e79a
AH
3648 }
3649 }
3650 else
1d65f45c
RH
3651 {
3652 /* Look for any CALL_INSNs in this sequence, and attach a REG_EH_REGION
3653 reg note to indicate that this call cannot throw or execute a nonlocal
3654 goto (unless there is already a REG_EH_REGION note, in which case
3655 we update it). */
3656 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3657 if (CALL_P (insn))
3658 make_reg_eh_region_note_nothrow_nononlocal (insn);
3659 }
b472794d 3660
77c9c6c2 3661 /* First emit all insns that set pseudos. Remove them from the list as
ccf5f342 3662 we go. Avoid insns that set pseudos which were referenced in previous
29ebe69a 3663 insns. These can be generated by move_by_pieces, for example,
ccf5f342
RK
3664 to update an address. Similarly, avoid insns that reference things
3665 set in previous insns. */
77c9c6c2
RK
3666
3667 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
3668 {
3669 rtx set = single_set (insn);
3670
3671 next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3672
f8cfc6aa 3673 if (set != 0 && REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
748ebfc7 3674 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
77c9c6c2 3675 {
748ebfc7
R
3676 struct no_conflict_data data;
3677
3678 data.target = const0_rtx;
3679 data.first = insns;
3680 data.insn = insn;
3681 data.must_stay = 0;
3682 note_stores (PATTERN (insn), no_conflict_move_test, &data);
3683 if (! data.must_stay)
3684 {
3685 if (PREV_INSN (insn))
3686 NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) = next;
3687 else
3688 insns = next;
77c9c6c2 3689
748ebfc7
R
3690 if (next)
3691 PREV_INSN (next) = PREV_INSN (insn);
77c9c6c2 3692
748ebfc7
R
3693 add_insn (insn);
3694 }
77c9c6c2 3695 }
695a94b3
RS
3696
3697 /* Some ports use a loop to copy large arguments onto the stack.
3698 Don't move anything outside such a loop. */
4b4bf941 3699 if (LABEL_P (insn))
695a94b3 3700 break;
77c9c6c2
RK
3701 }
3702
77c9c6c2 3703 /* Write the remaining insns followed by the final copy. */
77c9c6c2
RK
3704 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
3705 {
3706 next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3707
3708 add_insn (insn);
3709 }
3710
3711 last = emit_move_insn (target, result);
947131ba 3712 if (optab_handler (mov_optab, GET_MODE (target)) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
5fa671cf 3713 set_unique_reg_note (last, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (equiv));
77c9c6c2 3714
e85427f9
BS
3715 if (final_dest != target)
3716 emit_move_insn (final_dest, target);
77c9c6c2
RK
3717}
3718\f
1c0290ea 3719/* Nonzero if we can perform a comparison of mode MODE straightforwardly.
1eb8759b
RH
3720 PURPOSE describes how this comparison will be used. CODE is the rtx
3721 comparison code we will be using.
3722
3723 ??? Actually, CODE is slightly weaker than that. A target is still
0c20a65f 3724 required to implement all of the normal bcc operations, but not
1eb8759b 3725 required to implement all (or any) of the unordered bcc operations. */
0c20a65f 3726
1c0290ea 3727int
0c20a65f
AJ
3728can_compare_p (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
3729 enum can_compare_purpose purpose)
b30f05db 3730{
c3c64f50
PB
3731 rtx test;
3732 test = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, const0_rtx, const0_rtx);
b30f05db
BS
3733 do
3734 {
2ef6ce06 3735 enum insn_code icode;
c3c64f50 3736
1c0290ea 3737 if (purpose == ccp_jump
947131ba 3738 && (icode = optab_handler (cbranch_optab, mode)) != CODE_FOR_nothing
2ef6ce06 3739 && insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, test))
c3c64f50
PB
3740 return 1;
3741 if (purpose == ccp_store_flag
947131ba 3742 && (icode = optab_handler (cstore_optab, mode)) != CODE_FOR_nothing
2ef6ce06 3743 && insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, test))
c3c64f50 3744 return 1;
1c0290ea 3745 if (purpose == ccp_cmov
947131ba 3746 && optab_handler (cmov_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1c0290ea 3747 return 1;
c3c64f50 3748
b30f05db 3749 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
c3c64f50 3750 PUT_MODE (test, mode);
1c0290ea
BS
3751 }
3752 while (mode != VOIDmode);
b30f05db
BS
3753
3754 return 0;
3755}
3756
3757/* This function is called when we are going to emit a compare instruction that
3758 compares the values found in *PX and *PY, using the rtl operator COMPARISON.
3759
3760 *PMODE is the mode of the inputs (in case they are const_int).
3761 *PUNSIGNEDP nonzero says that the operands are unsigned;
f90b7a5a 3762 this matters if they need to be widened (as given by METHODS).
77c9c6c2 3763
a06ef755 3764 If they have mode BLKmode, then SIZE specifies the size of both operands.
77c9c6c2 3765
b30f05db
BS
3766 This function performs all the setup necessary so that the caller only has
3767 to emit a single comparison insn. This setup can involve doing a BLKmode
3768 comparison or emitting a library call to perform the comparison if no insn
3769 is available to handle it.
3770 The values which are passed in through pointers can be modified; the caller
0e61db61
NS
3771 should perform the comparison on the modified values. Constant
3772 comparisons must have already been folded. */
77c9c6c2 3773
a06ef755 3774static void
f90b7a5a
PB
3775prepare_cmp_insn (rtx x, rtx y, enum rtx_code comparison, rtx size,
3776 int unsignedp, enum optab_methods methods,
3777 rtx *ptest, enum machine_mode *pmode)
77c9c6c2 3778{
b30f05db 3779 enum machine_mode mode = *pmode;
f90b7a5a
PB
3780 rtx libfunc, test;
3781 enum machine_mode cmp_mode;
3782 enum mode_class mclass;
3783
3784 /* The other methods are not needed. */
3785 gcc_assert (methods == OPTAB_DIRECT || methods == OPTAB_WIDEN
3786 || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
77c9c6c2 3787
5e8d1826
PB
3788 /* If we are optimizing, force expensive constants into a register. */
3789 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && optimize
3790 && (rtx_cost (x, COMPARE, optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())
3791 > COSTS_N_INSNS (1)))
3792 x = force_reg (mode, x);
3793
3794 if (CONSTANT_P (y) && optimize
3795 && (rtx_cost (y, COMPARE, optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())
3796 > COSTS_N_INSNS (1)))
3797 y = force_reg (mode, y);
3798
362cc3d4 3799#ifdef HAVE_cc0
0e61db61
NS
3800 /* Make sure if we have a canonical comparison. The RTL
3801 documentation states that canonical comparisons are required only
3802 for targets which have cc0. */
e3feb571 3803 gcc_assert (!CONSTANT_P (x) || CONSTANT_P (y));
362cc3d4
MH
3804#endif
3805
77c9c6c2
RK
3806 /* Don't let both operands fail to indicate the mode. */
3807 if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode && GET_MODE (y) == VOIDmode)
3808 x = force_reg (mode, x);
f90b7a5a
PB
3809 if (mode == VOIDmode)
3810 mode = GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (x) : GET_MODE (y);
77c9c6c2
RK
3811
3812 /* Handle all BLKmode compares. */
3813
3814 if (mode == BLKmode)
3815 {
f90b7a5a 3816 enum machine_mode result_mode;
118355a0
ZW
3817 enum insn_code cmp_code;
3818 tree length_type;
3819 rtx libfunc;
b30f05db 3820 rtx result;
118355a0 3821 rtx opalign
f4dc10d1 3822 = GEN_INT (MIN (MEM_ALIGN (x), MEM_ALIGN (y)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
b30f05db 3823
e3feb571 3824 gcc_assert (size);
118355a0 3825
118355a0
ZW
3826 /* Try to use a memory block compare insn - either cmpstr
3827 or cmpmem will do. */
3828 for (cmp_mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
3829 cmp_mode != VOIDmode;
3830 cmp_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (cmp_mode))
358b8f01 3831 {
f9621cc4 3832 cmp_code = direct_optab_handler (cmpmem_optab, cmp_mode);
118355a0 3833 if (cmp_code == CODE_FOR_nothing)
f9621cc4 3834 cmp_code = direct_optab_handler (cmpstr_optab, cmp_mode);
40c1d5f8 3835 if (cmp_code == CODE_FOR_nothing)
f9621cc4 3836 cmp_code = direct_optab_handler (cmpstrn_optab, cmp_mode);
118355a0
ZW
3837 if (cmp_code == CODE_FOR_nothing)
3838 continue;
3839
3840 /* Must make sure the size fits the insn's mode. */
481683e1 3841 if ((CONST_INT_P (size)
118355a0
ZW
3842 && INTVAL (size) >= (1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (cmp_mode)))
3843 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (size))
3844 > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (cmp_mode)))
3845 continue;
3846
3847 result_mode = insn_data[cmp_code].operand[0].mode;
358b8f01 3848 result = gen_reg_rtx (result_mode);
118355a0
ZW
3849 size = convert_to_mode (cmp_mode, size, 1);
3850 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (cmp_code) (result, x, y, size, opalign));
3851
f90b7a5a
PB
3852 *ptest = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (comparison, VOIDmode, result, const0_rtx);
3853 *pmode = result_mode;
118355a0 3854 return;
77c9c6c2 3855 }
118355a0 3856
f90b7a5a
PB
3857 if (methods != OPTAB_LIB && methods != OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)
3858 goto fail;
3859
8f99553f 3860 /* Otherwise call a library function, memcmp. */
118355a0
ZW
3861 libfunc = memcmp_libfunc;
3862 length_type = sizetype;
118355a0
ZW
3863 result_mode = TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node);
3864 cmp_mode = TYPE_MODE (length_type);
3865 size = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (length_type), size,
8df83eae 3866 TYPE_UNSIGNED (length_type));
118355a0 3867
84b8030f 3868 result = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, 0, LCT_PURE,
118355a0
ZW
3869 result_mode, 3,
3870 XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
3871 XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
3872 size, cmp_mode);
f90b7a5a
PB
3873
3874 *ptest = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (comparison, VOIDmode, result, const0_rtx);
b30f05db 3875 *pmode = result_mode;
77c9c6c2
RK
3876 return;
3877 }
3878
27ab3e91
RH
3879 /* Don't allow operands to the compare to trap, as that can put the
3880 compare and branch in different basic blocks. */
8f4f502f 3881 if (cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions)
27ab3e91
RH
3882 {
3883 if (may_trap_p (x))
3884 x = force_reg (mode, x);
3885 if (may_trap_p (y))
3886 y = force_reg (mode, y);
3887 }
3888
4a77c72b
PB
3889 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
3890 {
f90b7a5a
PB
3891 gcc_assert (can_compare_p (comparison, CCmode, ccp_jump));
3892 *ptest = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (comparison, VOIDmode, x, y);
4a77c72b
PB
3893 return;
3894 }
77c9c6c2 3895
f90b7a5a
PB
3896 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
3897 test = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (comparison, VOIDmode, x, y);
3898 cmp_mode = mode;
3899 do
3900 {
3901 enum insn_code icode;
947131ba 3902 icode = optab_handler (cbranch_optab, cmp_mode);
f90b7a5a 3903 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
2ef6ce06 3904 && insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, test))
f90b7a5a
PB
3905 {
3906 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
3907 rtx op0 = prepare_operand (icode, x, 1, mode, cmp_mode, unsignedp);
3908 rtx op1 = prepare_operand (icode, y, 2, mode, cmp_mode, unsignedp);
3909 if (op0 && op1
2ef6ce06
RS
3910 && insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, op0)
3911 && insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, op1))
f90b7a5a
PB
3912 {
3913 XEXP (test, 0) = op0;
3914 XEXP (test, 1) = op1;
3915 *ptest = test;
3916 *pmode = cmp_mode;
3917 return;
3918 }
3919 delete_insns_since (last);
3920 }
3921
3922 if (methods == OPTAB_DIRECT || !CLASS_HAS_WIDER_MODES_P (mclass))
3923 break;
3924 cmp_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (cmp_mode);
3925 }
3926 while (cmp_mode != VOIDmode);
3927
3928 if (methods != OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)
3929 goto fail;
3930
3931 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
77c9c6c2 3932 {
9725066d
JL
3933 rtx result;
3934
f90b7a5a
PB
3935 /* Handle a libcall just for the mode we are using. */
3936 libfunc = optab_libfunc (cmp_optab, mode);
3937 gcc_assert (libfunc);
3938
77c9c6c2
RK
3939 /* If we want unsigned, and this mode has a distinct unsigned
3940 comparison routine, use that. */
8a33f100
JH
3941 if (unsignedp)
3942 {
ba8a73e9
EB
3943 rtx ulibfunc = optab_libfunc (ucmp_optab, mode);
3944 if (ulibfunc)
3945 libfunc = ulibfunc;
8a33f100 3946 }
77c9c6c2 3947
84b8030f 3948 result = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST,
c7ff6e7a
AK
3949 targetm.libgcc_cmp_return_mode (),
3950 2, x, mode, y, mode);
9725066d 3951
f34312c2
CD
3952 /* There are two kinds of comparison routines. Biased routines
3953 return 0/1/2, and unbiased routines return -1/0/1. Other parts
3954 of gcc expect that the comparison operation is equivalent
b8698a0f 3955 to the modified comparison. For signed comparisons compare the
f34312c2
CD
3956 result against 1 in the biased case, and zero in the unbiased
3957 case. For unsigned comparisons always compare against 1 after
917f1b7e 3958 biasing the unbiased result by adding 1. This gives us a way to
f34312c2 3959 represent LTU. */
f90b7a5a
PB
3960 x = result;
3961 y = const1_rtx;
f34312c2
CD
3962
3963 if (!TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED)
b3f8d95d 3964 {
f90b7a5a 3965 if (unsignedp)
b8698a0f 3966 x = plus_constant (result, 1);
f34312c2 3967 else
f90b7a5a 3968 y = const0_rtx;
b3f8d95d 3969 }
f90b7a5a
PB
3970
3971 *pmode = word_mode;
3972 prepare_cmp_insn (x, y, comparison, NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods,
3973 ptest, pmode);
77c9c6c2 3974 }
b8698a0f 3975 else
f90b7a5a 3976 prepare_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison, ptest, pmode);
77c9c6c2 3977
f90b7a5a
PB
3978 return;
3979
3980 fail:
3981 *ptest = NULL_RTX;
77c9c6c2
RK
3982}
3983
b30f05db
BS
3984/* Before emitting an insn with code ICODE, make sure that X, which is going
3985 to be used for operand OPNUM of the insn, is converted from mode MODE to
4fe9b91c 3986 WIDER_MODE (UNSIGNEDP determines whether it is an unsigned conversion), and
b30f05db 3987 that it is accepted by the operand predicate. Return the new value. */
749a2da1 3988
f90b7a5a 3989rtx
2ef6ce06 3990prepare_operand (enum insn_code icode, rtx x, int opnum, enum machine_mode mode,
0c20a65f 3991 enum machine_mode wider_mode, int unsignedp)
b30f05db 3992{
b30f05db
BS
3993 if (mode != wider_mode)
3994 x = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, x, unsignedp);
3995
2ef6ce06 3996 if (!insn_operand_matches (icode, opnum, x))
d893ccde 3997 {
ef4375b2 3998 if (reload_completed)
d893ccde 3999 return NULL_RTX;
2ef6ce06 4000 x = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opnum].mode, x);
d893ccde
RH
4001 }
4002
b30f05db
BS
4003 return x;
4004}
4005
4006/* Subroutine of emit_cmp_and_jump_insns; this function is called when we know
f90b7a5a 4007 we can do the branch. */
b30f05db
BS
4008
4009static void
f90b7a5a 4010emit_cmp_and_jump_insn_1 (rtx test, enum machine_mode mode, rtx label)
b30f05db 4011{
f90b7a5a
PB
4012 enum machine_mode optab_mode;
4013 enum mode_class mclass;
4014 enum insn_code icode;
b30f05db 4015
f90b7a5a
PB
4016 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
4017 optab_mode = (mclass == MODE_CC) ? CCmode : mode;
947131ba 4018 icode = optab_handler (cbranch_optab, optab_mode);
8127d0e0 4019
f90b7a5a 4020 gcc_assert (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing);
2ef6ce06 4021 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, test));
f90b7a5a 4022 emit_jump_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (test, XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1), label));
b30f05db
BS
4023}
4024
362cc3d4
MH
4025/* Generate code to compare X with Y so that the condition codes are
4026 set and to jump to LABEL if the condition is true. If X is a
4027 constant and Y is not a constant, then the comparison is swapped to
4028 ensure that the comparison RTL has the canonical form.
4029
c5d5d461 4030 UNSIGNEDP nonzero says that X and Y are unsigned; this matters if they
f90b7a5a
PB
4031 need to be widened. UNSIGNEDP is also used to select the proper
4032 branch condition code.
362cc3d4 4033
a06ef755 4034 If X and Y have mode BLKmode, then SIZE specifies the size of both X and Y.
362cc3d4 4035
c5d5d461
JL
4036 MODE is the mode of the inputs (in case they are const_int).
4037
f90b7a5a
PB
4038 COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
4039 It will be potentially converted into an unsigned variant based on
4040 UNSIGNEDP to select a proper jump instruction. */
362cc3d4
MH
4041
4042void
0c20a65f
AJ
4043emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (rtx x, rtx y, enum rtx_code comparison, rtx size,
4044 enum machine_mode mode, int unsignedp, rtx label)
362cc3d4 4045{
8c9864f3 4046 rtx op0 = x, op1 = y;
f90b7a5a 4047 rtx test;
8c9864f3
JH
4048
4049 /* Swap operands and condition to ensure canonical RTL. */
45475a3f
PB
4050 if (swap_commutative_operands_p (x, y)
4051 && can_compare_p (swap_condition (comparison), mode, ccp_jump))
362cc3d4 4052 {
8c9864f3
JH
4053 op0 = y, op1 = x;
4054 comparison = swap_condition (comparison);
362cc3d4 4055 }
0ca40216 4056
45475a3f
PB
4057 /* If OP0 is still a constant, then both X and Y must be constants
4058 or the opposite comparison is not supported. Force X into a register
4059 to create canonical RTL. */
0ca40216
JL
4060 if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
4061 op0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
0ca40216 4062
c5d5d461
JL
4063 if (unsignedp)
4064 comparison = unsigned_condition (comparison);
a06ef755 4065
f90b7a5a
PB
4066 prepare_cmp_insn (op0, op1, comparison, size, unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN,
4067 &test, &mode);
4068 emit_cmp_and_jump_insn_1 (test, mode, label);
b30f05db
BS
4069}
4070
77c9c6c2
RK
4071\f
4072/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y.
4073 COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.). */
4074
c5c60e15 4075static void
f90b7a5a
PB
4076prepare_float_lib_cmp (rtx x, rtx y, enum rtx_code comparison,
4077 rtx *ptest, enum machine_mode *pmode)
77c9c6c2 4078{
c9034561 4079 enum rtx_code swapped = swap_condition (comparison);
b3f8d95d 4080 enum rtx_code reversed = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (comparison);
c9034561 4081 enum machine_mode orig_mode = GET_MODE (x);
7fecf2c7 4082 enum machine_mode mode, cmp_mode;
6597fd0b 4083 rtx true_rtx, false_rtx;
37bf20ee 4084 rtx value, target, insns, equiv;
0a300065 4085 rtx libfunc = 0;
b3f8d95d 4086 bool reversed_p = false;
7fecf2c7 4087 cmp_mode = targetm.libgcc_cmp_return_mode ();
77c9c6c2 4088
86556d87
BE
4089 for (mode = orig_mode;
4090 mode != VOIDmode;
4091 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
77c9c6c2 4092 {
1bd74ad9
SL
4093 if (code_to_optab[comparison]
4094 && (libfunc = optab_libfunc (code_to_optab[comparison], mode)))
c9034561 4095 break;
77c9c6c2 4096
1bd74ad9
SL
4097 if (code_to_optab[swapped]
4098 && (libfunc = optab_libfunc (code_to_optab[swapped], mode)))
77c9c6c2 4099 {
c9034561
ZW
4100 rtx tmp;
4101 tmp = x; x = y; y = tmp;
4102 comparison = swapped;
4103 break;
77c9c6c2 4104 }
77c9c6c2 4105
1bd74ad9 4106 if (code_to_optab[reversed]
6597fd0b 4107 && (libfunc = optab_libfunc (code_to_optab[reversed], mode)))
b3f8d95d
MM
4108 {
4109 comparison = reversed;
4110 reversed_p = true;
4111 break;
4112 }
4113 }
5906d013 4114
e3feb571 4115 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
0a300065 4116
c9034561
ZW
4117 if (mode != orig_mode)
4118 {
4119 x = convert_to_mode (mode, x, 0);
4120 y = convert_to_mode (mode, y, 0);
4121 }
4122
17796a89
RS
4123 /* Attach a REG_EQUAL note describing the semantics of the libcall to
4124 the RTL. The allows the RTL optimizers to delete the libcall if the
4125 condition can be determined at compile-time. */
6597fd0b
PB
4126 if (comparison == UNORDERED
4127 || FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (mode, comparison))
4128 {
4129 true_rtx = const_true_rtx;
4130 false_rtx = const0_rtx;
4131 }
4132 else
4133 {
4134 switch (comparison)
4135 {
4136 case EQ:
4137 true_rtx = const0_rtx;
4138 false_rtx = const_true_rtx;
4139 break;
4140
4141 case NE:
4142 true_rtx = const_true_rtx;
4143 false_rtx = const0_rtx;
4144 break;
4145
4146 case GT:
4147 true_rtx = const1_rtx;
4148 false_rtx = const0_rtx;
4149 break;
4150
4151 case GE:
4152 true_rtx = const0_rtx;
4153 false_rtx = constm1_rtx;
4154 break;
4155
4156 case LT:
4157 true_rtx = constm1_rtx;
4158 false_rtx = const0_rtx;
4159 break;
4160
4161 case LE:
4162 true_rtx = const0_rtx;
4163 false_rtx = const1_rtx;
4164 break;
4165
4166 default:
4167 gcc_unreachable ();
4168 }
4169 }
4170
17796a89
RS
4171 if (comparison == UNORDERED)
4172 {
7fecf2c7
AP
4173 rtx temp = simplify_gen_relational (NE, cmp_mode, mode, x, x);
4174 equiv = simplify_gen_relational (NE, cmp_mode, mode, y, y);
4175 equiv = simplify_gen_ternary (IF_THEN_ELSE, cmp_mode, cmp_mode,
17796a89
RS
4176 temp, const_true_rtx, equiv);
4177 }
4178 else
4179 {
7fecf2c7 4180 equiv = simplify_gen_relational (comparison, cmp_mode, mode, x, y);
17796a89 4181 if (! FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (mode, comparison))
6597fd0b
PB
4182 equiv = simplify_gen_ternary (IF_THEN_ELSE, cmp_mode, cmp_mode,
4183 equiv, true_rtx, false_rtx);
bd831d5c 4184 }
37bf20ee
RS
4185
4186 start_sequence ();
4187 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST,
7fecf2c7 4188 cmp_mode, 2, x, mode, y, mode);
37bf20ee
RS
4189 insns = get_insns ();
4190 end_sequence ();
4191
7fecf2c7 4192 target = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode);
37bf20ee
RS
4193 emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value, equiv);
4194
c9034561 4195 if (comparison == UNORDERED
6597fd0b
PB
4196 || FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (mode, comparison)
4197 || reversed_p)
4198 *ptest = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (reversed_p ? EQ : NE, VOIDmode, target, false_rtx);
4199 else
4200 *ptest = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (comparison, VOIDmode, target, const0_rtx);
c9034561 4201
7fecf2c7 4202 *pmode = cmp_mode;
77c9c6c2
RK
4203}
4204\f
4205/* Generate code to indirectly jump to a location given in the rtx LOC. */
4206
4207void
0c20a65f 4208emit_indirect_jump (rtx loc)
77c9c6c2 4209{
a5c7d693 4210 struct expand_operand ops[1];
77c9c6c2 4211
a5c7d693
RS
4212 create_address_operand (&ops[0], loc);
4213 expand_jump_insn (CODE_FOR_indirect_jump, 1, ops);
9649fb4d 4214 emit_barrier ();
77c9c6c2
RK
4215}
4216\f
49c4584c
DE
4217#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
4218
4219/* Emit a conditional move instruction if the machine supports one for that
4220 condition and machine mode.
4221
4222 OP0 and OP1 are the operands that should be compared using CODE. CMODE is
4223 the mode to use should they be constants. If it is VOIDmode, they cannot
4224 both be constants.
4225
4226 OP2 should be stored in TARGET if the comparison is true, otherwise OP3
4227 should be stored there. MODE is the mode to use should they be constants.
4228 If it is VOIDmode, they cannot both be constants.
4229
4230 The result is either TARGET (perhaps modified) or NULL_RTX if the operation
4231 is not supported. */
4232
4233rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
4234emit_conditional_move (rtx target, enum rtx_code code, rtx op0, rtx op1,
4235 enum machine_mode cmode, rtx op2, rtx op3,
4236 enum machine_mode mode, int unsignedp)
49c4584c 4237{
a5c7d693 4238 rtx tem, comparison, last;
49c4584c 4239 enum insn_code icode;
e5c56fd9 4240 enum rtx_code reversed;
49c4584c
DE
4241
4242 /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this
4243 if the other operand is not constant as well. */
4244
e5c56fd9 4245 if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
49c4584c
DE
4246 {
4247 tem = op0;
4248 op0 = op1;
4249 op1 = tem;
4250 code = swap_condition (code);
4251 }
4252
c5c76735
JL
4253 /* get_condition will prefer to generate LT and GT even if the old
4254 comparison was against zero, so undo that canonicalization here since
4255 comparisons against zero are cheaper. */
87d9741e 4256 if (code == LT && op1 == const1_rtx)
c5c76735 4257 code = LE, op1 = const0_rtx;
87d9741e 4258 else if (code == GT && op1 == constm1_rtx)
c5c76735
JL
4259 code = GE, op1 = const0_rtx;
4260
49c4584c
DE
4261 if (cmode == VOIDmode)
4262 cmode = GET_MODE (op0);
4263
e5c56fd9
JH
4264 if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op2, op3)
4265 && ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code_parts (code, op0, op1, NULL))
4266 != UNKNOWN))
49c4584c
DE
4267 {
4268 tem = op2;
4269 op2 = op3;
4270 op3 = tem;
e5c56fd9 4271 code = reversed;
49c4584c
DE
4272 }
4273
4274 if (mode == VOIDmode)
4275 mode = GET_MODE (op2);
4276
f9621cc4 4277 icode = direct_optab_handler (movcc_optab, mode);
49c4584c
DE
4278
4279 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
4280 return 0;
4281
ad76cef8 4282 if (!target)
49c4584c
DE
4283 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4284
f90b7a5a
PB
4285 code = unsignedp ? unsigned_condition (code) : code;
4286 comparison = simplify_gen_relational (code, VOIDmode, cmode, op0, op1);
49c4584c 4287
144a5f9d
JL
4288 /* We can get const0_rtx or const_true_rtx in some circumstances. Just
4289 return NULL and let the caller figure out how best to deal with this
4290 situation. */
f90b7a5a 4291 if (!COMPARISON_P (comparison))
144a5f9d 4292 return NULL_RTX;
0c20a65f 4293
f90b7a5a 4294 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
a5c7d693 4295 last = get_last_insn ();
f90b7a5a
PB
4296 prepare_cmp_insn (XEXP (comparison, 0), XEXP (comparison, 1),
4297 GET_CODE (comparison), NULL_RTX, unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN,
4298 &comparison, &cmode);
a5c7d693 4299 if (comparison)
f90b7a5a 4300 {
a5c7d693 4301 struct expand_operand ops[4];
49c4584c 4302
a5c7d693
RS
4303 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
4304 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], comparison);
4305 create_input_operand (&ops[2], op2, mode);
4306 create_input_operand (&ops[3], op3, mode);
4307 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 4, ops))
4308 {
4309 if (ops[0].value != target)
4310 convert_move (target, ops[0].value, false);
4311 return target;
4312 }
4313 }
4314 delete_insns_since (last);
4315 return NULL_RTX;
49c4584c
DE
4316}
4317
40f03658 4318/* Return nonzero if a conditional move of mode MODE is supported.
49c4584c
DE
4319
4320 This function is for combine so it can tell whether an insn that looks
4321 like a conditional move is actually supported by the hardware. If we
4322 guess wrong we lose a bit on optimization, but that's it. */
4323/* ??? sparc64 supports conditionally moving integers values based on fp
4324 comparisons, and vice versa. How do we handle them? */
4325
4326int
0c20a65f 4327can_conditionally_move_p (enum machine_mode mode)
49c4584c 4328{
f9621cc4 4329 if (direct_optab_handler (movcc_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
49c4584c
DE
4330 return 1;
4331
4332 return 0;
4333}
4334
4335#endif /* HAVE_conditional_move */
068f5dea
JH
4336
4337/* Emit a conditional addition instruction if the machine supports one for that
4338 condition and machine mode.
4339
4340 OP0 and OP1 are the operands that should be compared using CODE. CMODE is
4341 the mode to use should they be constants. If it is VOIDmode, they cannot
4342 both be constants.
4343
4344 OP2 should be stored in TARGET if the comparison is true, otherwise OP2+OP3
4345 should be stored there. MODE is the mode to use should they be constants.
4346 If it is VOIDmode, they cannot both be constants.
4347
4348 The result is either TARGET (perhaps modified) or NULL_RTX if the operation
4349 is not supported. */
4350
4351rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
4352emit_conditional_add (rtx target, enum rtx_code code, rtx op0, rtx op1,
4353 enum machine_mode cmode, rtx op2, rtx op3,
4354 enum machine_mode mode, int unsignedp)
068f5dea 4355{
a5c7d693 4356 rtx tem, comparison, last;
068f5dea
JH
4357 enum insn_code icode;
4358 enum rtx_code reversed;
4359
4360 /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this
4361 if the other operand is not constant as well. */
4362
4363 if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
4364 {
4365 tem = op0;
4366 op0 = op1;
4367 op1 = tem;
4368 code = swap_condition (code);
4369 }
4370
4371 /* get_condition will prefer to generate LT and GT even if the old
4372 comparison was against zero, so undo that canonicalization here since
4373 comparisons against zero are cheaper. */
87d9741e 4374 if (code == LT && op1 == const1_rtx)
068f5dea 4375 code = LE, op1 = const0_rtx;
87d9741e 4376 else if (code == GT && op1 == constm1_rtx)
068f5dea
JH
4377 code = GE, op1 = const0_rtx;
4378
4379 if (cmode == VOIDmode)
4380 cmode = GET_MODE (op0);
4381
4382 if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op2, op3)
4383 && ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code_parts (code, op0, op1, NULL))
4384 != UNKNOWN))
4385 {
4386 tem = op2;
4387 op2 = op3;
4388 op3 = tem;
4389 code = reversed;
4390 }
4391
4392 if (mode == VOIDmode)
4393 mode = GET_MODE (op2);
4394
947131ba 4395 icode = optab_handler (addcc_optab, mode);
068f5dea
JH
4396
4397 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
4398 return 0;
4399
ad76cef8 4400 if (!target)
068f5dea
JH
4401 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4402
f90b7a5a
PB
4403 code = unsignedp ? unsigned_condition (code) : code;
4404 comparison = simplify_gen_relational (code, VOIDmode, cmode, op0, op1);
068f5dea 4405
068f5dea
JH
4406 /* We can get const0_rtx or const_true_rtx in some circumstances. Just
4407 return NULL and let the caller figure out how best to deal with this
4408 situation. */
f90b7a5a 4409 if (!COMPARISON_P (comparison))
068f5dea 4410 return NULL_RTX;
0c20a65f 4411
f90b7a5a 4412 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
a5c7d693 4413 last = get_last_insn ();
f90b7a5a
PB
4414 prepare_cmp_insn (XEXP (comparison, 0), XEXP (comparison, 1),
4415 GET_CODE (comparison), NULL_RTX, unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN,
4416 &comparison, &cmode);
a5c7d693 4417 if (comparison)
f90b7a5a 4418 {
a5c7d693 4419 struct expand_operand ops[4];
068f5dea 4420
a5c7d693
RS
4421 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
4422 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], comparison);
4423 create_input_operand (&ops[2], op2, mode);
4424 create_input_operand (&ops[3], op3, mode);
4425 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 4, ops))
4426 {
4427 if (ops[0].value != target)
4428 convert_move (target, ops[0].value, false);
4429 return target;
4430 }
4431 }
4432 delete_insns_since (last);
4433 return NULL_RTX;
068f5dea 4434}
49c4584c 4435\f
0913e4b4
AO
4436/* These functions attempt to generate an insn body, rather than
4437 emitting the insn, but if the gen function already emits them, we
ad76cef8 4438 make no attempt to turn them back into naked patterns. */
77c9c6c2
RK
4439
4440/* Generate and return an insn body to add Y to X. */
4441
4442rtx
0c20a65f 4443gen_add2_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
77c9c6c2 4444{
2ef6ce06 4445 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (add_optab, GET_MODE (x));
77c9c6c2 4446
2ef6ce06
RS
4447 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, x));
4448 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, x));
4449 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, y));
77c9c6c2 4450
e3feb571 4451 return GEN_FCN (icode) (x, x, y);
77c9c6c2
RK
4452}
4453
e78d8e51
ZW
4454/* Generate and return an insn body to add r1 and c,
4455 storing the result in r0. */
8a33f100 4456
e78d8e51 4457rtx
0c20a65f 4458gen_add3_insn (rtx r0, rtx r1, rtx c)
e78d8e51 4459{
2ef6ce06 4460 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (add_optab, GET_MODE (r0));
e78d8e51 4461
7e1a450d 4462 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
2ef6ce06
RS
4463 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, r0)
4464 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, r1)
4465 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, c))
e78d8e51
ZW
4466 return NULL_RTX;
4467
e3feb571 4468 return GEN_FCN (icode) (r0, r1, c);
e78d8e51
ZW
4469}
4470
77c9c6c2 4471int
0c20a65f 4472have_add2_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
77c9c6c2 4473{
2ef6ce06 4474 enum insn_code icode;
fb7e77d7 4475
e3feb571 4476 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode);
fb7e77d7 4477
2ef6ce06 4478 icode = optab_handler (add_optab, GET_MODE (x));
fb7e77d7
TM
4479
4480 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
4481 return 0;
4482
2ef6ce06
RS
4483 if (!insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, x)
4484 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, x)
4485 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, y))
fb7e77d7
TM
4486 return 0;
4487
4488 return 1;
77c9c6c2
RK
4489}
4490
4491/* Generate and return an insn body to subtract Y from X. */
4492
4493rtx
0c20a65f 4494gen_sub2_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
77c9c6c2 4495{
2ef6ce06 4496 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (sub_optab, GET_MODE (x));
77c9c6c2 4497
2ef6ce06
RS
4498 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, x));
4499 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, x));
4500 gcc_assert (insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, y));
77c9c6c2 4501
e3feb571 4502 return GEN_FCN (icode) (x, x, y);
77c9c6c2
RK
4503}
4504
ef89d648
ZW
4505/* Generate and return an insn body to subtract r1 and c,
4506 storing the result in r0. */
8a33f100 4507
ef89d648 4508rtx
0c20a65f 4509gen_sub3_insn (rtx r0, rtx r1, rtx c)
ef89d648 4510{
2ef6ce06 4511 enum insn_code icode = optab_handler (sub_optab, GET_MODE (r0));
ef89d648 4512
7e1a450d 4513 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
2ef6ce06
RS
4514 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, r0)
4515 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, r1)
4516 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, c))
ef89d648
ZW
4517 return NULL_RTX;
4518
e3feb571 4519 return GEN_FCN (icode) (r0, r1, c);
ef89d648
ZW
4520}
4521
77c9c6c2 4522int
0c20a65f 4523have_sub2_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
77c9c6c2 4524{
2ef6ce06 4525 enum insn_code icode;
fb7e77d7 4526
e3feb571 4527 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode);
fb7e77d7 4528
2ef6ce06 4529 icode = optab_handler (sub_optab, GET_MODE (x));
fb7e77d7
TM
4530
4531 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
4532 return 0;
4533
2ef6ce06
RS
4534 if (!insn_operand_matches (icode, 0, x)
4535 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 1, x)
4536 || !insn_operand_matches (icode, 2, y))
fb7e77d7
TM
4537 return 0;
4538
4539 return 1;
77c9c6c2
RK
4540}
4541
e3654226 4542/* Generate the body of an instruction to copy Y into X.
2f937369 4543 It may be a list of insns, if one insn isn't enough. */
77c9c6c2
RK
4544
4545rtx
0c20a65f 4546gen_move_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
77c9c6c2 4547{
e3654226 4548 rtx seq;
77c9c6c2 4549
e3654226
RS
4550 start_sequence ();
4551 emit_move_insn_1 (x, y);
2f937369 4552 seq = get_insns ();
e3654226
RS
4553 end_sequence ();
4554 return seq;
77c9c6c2
RK
4555}
4556\f
34e56753
RS
4557/* Return the insn code used to extend FROM_MODE to TO_MODE.
4558 UNSIGNEDP specifies zero-extension instead of sign-extension. If
4559 no such operation exists, CODE_FOR_nothing will be returned. */
77c9c6c2 4560
34e56753 4561enum insn_code
0c20a65f
AJ
4562can_extend_p (enum machine_mode to_mode, enum machine_mode from_mode,
4563 int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2 4564{
85363ca0 4565 convert_optab tab;
6dd12198
SE
4566#ifdef HAVE_ptr_extend
4567 if (unsignedp < 0)
4568 return CODE_FOR_ptr_extend;
6dd12198 4569#endif
85363ca0
ZW
4570
4571 tab = unsignedp ? zext_optab : sext_optab;
947131ba 4572 return convert_optab_handler (tab, to_mode, from_mode);
77c9c6c2
RK
4573}
4574
4575/* Generate the body of an insn to extend Y (with mode MFROM)
4576 into X (with mode MTO). Do zero-extension if UNSIGNEDP is nonzero. */
4577
4578rtx
0c20a65f
AJ
4579gen_extend_insn (rtx x, rtx y, enum machine_mode mto,
4580 enum machine_mode mfrom, int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2 4581{
85363ca0
ZW
4582 enum insn_code icode = can_extend_p (mto, mfrom, unsignedp);
4583 return GEN_FCN (icode) (x, y);
77c9c6c2 4584}
77c9c6c2
RK
4585\f
4586/* can_fix_p and can_float_p say whether the target machine
4587 can directly convert a given fixed point type to
4588 a given floating point type, or vice versa.
4589 The returned value is the CODE_FOR_... value to use,
5d81dc5b 4590 or CODE_FOR_nothing if these modes cannot be directly converted.
77c9c6c2 4591
5d81dc5b 4592 *TRUNCP_PTR is set to 1 if it is necessary to output
77c9c6c2
RK
4593 an explicit FTRUNC insn before the fix insn; otherwise 0. */
4594
4595static enum insn_code
0c20a65f
AJ
4596can_fix_p (enum machine_mode fixmode, enum machine_mode fltmode,
4597 int unsignedp, int *truncp_ptr)
77c9c6c2 4598{
85363ca0
ZW
4599 convert_optab tab;
4600 enum insn_code icode;
4601
4602 tab = unsignedp ? ufixtrunc_optab : sfixtrunc_optab;
947131ba 4603 icode = convert_optab_handler (tab, fixmode, fltmode);
85363ca0
ZW
4604 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4605 {
4606 *truncp_ptr = 0;
4607 return icode;
4608 }
77c9c6c2 4609
0e1d7f32
AH
4610 /* FIXME: This requires a port to define both FIX and FTRUNC pattern
4611 for this to work. We need to rework the fix* and ftrunc* patterns
4612 and documentation. */
85363ca0 4613 tab = unsignedp ? ufix_optab : sfix_optab;
947131ba 4614 icode = convert_optab_handler (tab, fixmode, fltmode);
85363ca0 4615 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
947131ba 4616 && optab_handler (ftrunc_optab, fltmode) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
77c9c6c2
RK
4617 {
4618 *truncp_ptr = 1;
85363ca0 4619 return icode;
77c9c6c2 4620 }
85363ca0
ZW
4621
4622 *truncp_ptr = 0;
77c9c6c2
RK
4623 return CODE_FOR_nothing;
4624}
4625
4626static enum insn_code
0c20a65f
AJ
4627can_float_p (enum machine_mode fltmode, enum machine_mode fixmode,
4628 int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2 4629{
85363ca0
ZW
4630 convert_optab tab;
4631
4632 tab = unsignedp ? ufloat_optab : sfloat_optab;
947131ba 4633 return convert_optab_handler (tab, fltmode, fixmode);
77c9c6c2 4634}
77c9c6c2
RK
4635\f
4636/* Generate code to convert FROM to floating point
34e56753 4637 and store in TO. FROM must be fixed point and not VOIDmode.
77c9c6c2
RK
4638 UNSIGNEDP nonzero means regard FROM as unsigned.
4639 Normally this is done by correcting the final value
4640 if it is negative. */
4641
4642void
0c20a65f 4643expand_float (rtx to, rtx from, int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2
RK
4644{
4645 enum insn_code icode;
b3694847 4646 rtx target = to;
77c9c6c2 4647 enum machine_mode fmode, imode;
d7735880 4648 bool can_do_signed = false;
77c9c6c2 4649
34e56753 4650 /* Crash now, because we won't be able to decide which mode to use. */
e3feb571 4651 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (from) != VOIDmode);
34e56753 4652
77c9c6c2
RK
4653 /* Look for an insn to do the conversion. Do it in the specified
4654 modes if possible; otherwise convert either input, output or both to
4655 wider mode. If the integer mode is wider than the mode of FROM,
4656 we can do the conversion signed even if the input is unsigned. */
4657
7bf0a593
AP
4658 for (fmode = GET_MODE (to); fmode != VOIDmode;
4659 fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
4660 for (imode = GET_MODE (from); imode != VOIDmode;
4661 imode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (imode))
77c9c6c2
RK
4662 {
4663 int doing_unsigned = unsignedp;
4664
5ba02ca6 4665 if (fmode != GET_MODE (to)
69660a70 4666 && significand_size (fmode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (from)))
5ba02ca6
GK
4667 continue;
4668
77c9c6c2 4669 icode = can_float_p (fmode, imode, unsignedp);
d7735880
JM
4670 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing && unsignedp)
4671 {
4672 enum insn_code scode = can_float_p (fmode, imode, 0);
4673 if (scode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4674 can_do_signed = true;
4675 if (imode != GET_MODE (from))
4676 icode = scode, doing_unsigned = 0;
4677 }
77c9c6c2
RK
4678
4679 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4680 {
77c9c6c2
RK
4681 if (imode != GET_MODE (from))
4682 from = convert_to_mode (imode, from, unsignedp);
77c9c6c2
RK
4683
4684 if (fmode != GET_MODE (to))
4685 target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
4686
4687 emit_unop_insn (icode, target, from,
4688 doing_unsigned ? UNSIGNED_FLOAT : FLOAT);
4689
4690 if (target != to)
4691 convert_move (to, target, 0);
4692 return;
4693 }
7e1a450d 4694 }
77c9c6c2 4695
6ef9a246 4696 /* Unsigned integer, and no way to convert directly. Convert as signed,
cc8d36a1
UB
4697 then unconditionally adjust the result. */
4698 if (unsignedp && can_do_signed)
77c9c6c2
RK
4699 {
4700 rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
4701 rtx temp;
4702 REAL_VALUE_TYPE offset;
4703
c95c47f3
PE
4704 /* Look for a usable floating mode FMODE wider than the source and at
4705 least as wide as the target. Using FMODE will avoid rounding woes
4706 with unsigned values greater than the signed maximum value. */
70864443 4707
c95c47f3
PE
4708 for (fmode = GET_MODE (to); fmode != VOIDmode;
4709 fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
69660a70 4710 if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (from)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fmode)
c95c47f3
PE
4711 && can_float_p (fmode, GET_MODE (from), 0) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4712 break;
a48fb61b 4713
c95c47f3
PE
4714 if (fmode == VOIDmode)
4715 {
a48fb61b 4716 /* There is no such mode. Pretend the target is wide enough. */
c95c47f3 4717 fmode = GET_MODE (to);
a48fb61b 4718
0f41302f 4719 /* Avoid double-rounding when TO is narrower than FROM. */
a48fb61b 4720 if ((significand_size (fmode) + 1)
69660a70 4721 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (from)))
a48fb61b
RK
4722 {
4723 rtx temp1;
4724 rtx neglabel = gen_label_rtx ();
4725
0c20a65f 4726 /* Don't use TARGET if it isn't a register, is a hard register,
70864443 4727 or is the wrong mode. */
f8cfc6aa 4728 if (!REG_P (target)
70864443
RK
4729 || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4730 || GET_MODE (target) != fmode)
44f51d4a
RK
4731 target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
4732
a48fb61b
RK
4733 imode = GET_MODE (from);
4734 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
4735
4736 /* Test whether the sign bit is set. */
1c0290ea 4737 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (from, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, imode,
a06ef755 4738 0, neglabel);
a48fb61b
RK
4739
4740 /* The sign bit is not set. Convert as signed. */
4741 expand_float (target, from, 0);
4742 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (label));
2ad79487 4743 emit_barrier ();
a48fb61b
RK
4744
4745 /* The sign bit is set.
4746 Convert to a usable (positive signed) value by shifting right
4747 one bit, while remembering if a nonzero bit was shifted
4748 out; i.e., compute (from & 1) | (from >> 1). */
4749
4750 emit_label (neglabel);
4751 temp = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, from, const1_rtx,
70864443 4752 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
eb6c3df1 4753 temp1 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, from, 1, NULL_RTX, 1);
0c20a65f 4754 temp = expand_binop (imode, ior_optab, temp, temp1, temp, 1,
70864443 4755 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
a48fb61b
RK
4756 expand_float (target, temp, 0);
4757
4758 /* Multiply by 2 to undo the shift above. */
a93738eb 4759 temp = expand_binop (fmode, add_optab, target, target,
7e1a450d 4760 target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
a93738eb
RK
4761 if (temp != target)
4762 emit_move_insn (target, temp);
4763
a48fb61b
RK
4764 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
4765 emit_label (label);
4766 goto done;
4767 }
c95c47f3
PE
4768 }
4769
77c9c6c2
RK
4770 /* If we are about to do some arithmetic to correct for an
4771 unsigned operand, do it in a pseudo-register. */
4772
c95c47f3 4773 if (GET_MODE (to) != fmode
f8cfc6aa 4774 || !REG_P (to) || REGNO (to) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
c95c47f3 4775 target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
77c9c6c2
RK
4776
4777 /* Convert as signed integer to floating. */
4778 expand_float (target, from, 0);
4779
4780 /* If FROM is negative (and therefore TO is negative),
4781 correct its value by 2**bitwidth. */
4782
4783 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
c5d5d461 4784 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (from, const0_rtx, GE, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (from),
a06ef755 4785 0, label);
70864443 4786
0c20a65f 4787
69660a70 4788 real_2expN (&offset, GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (from)), fmode);
c95c47f3 4789 temp = expand_binop (fmode, add_optab, target,
30d88916 4790 CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (offset, fmode),
77c9c6c2
RK
4791 target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4792 if (temp != target)
4793 emit_move_insn (target, temp);
a48fb61b 4794
77c9c6c2
RK
4795 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
4796 emit_label (label);
70864443 4797 goto done;
77c9c6c2 4798 }
77c9c6c2 4799
85363ca0 4800 /* No hardware instruction available; call a library routine. */
77c9c6c2 4801 {
85363ca0 4802 rtx libfunc;
77c9c6c2 4803 rtx insns;
9a7f678c 4804 rtx value;
85363ca0 4805 convert_optab tab = unsignedp ? ufloat_optab : sfloat_optab;
77c9c6c2 4806
77c9c6c2
RK
4807 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (from)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
4808 from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp);
77c9c6c2 4809
8a33f100 4810 libfunc = convert_optab_libfunc (tab, GET_MODE (to), GET_MODE (from));
e3feb571 4811 gcc_assert (libfunc);
77c9c6c2
RK
4812
4813 start_sequence ();
4814
85363ca0 4815 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST,
ebb1b59a
BS
4816 GET_MODE (to), 1, from,
4817 GET_MODE (from));
77c9c6c2
RK
4818 insns = get_insns ();
4819 end_sequence ();
4820
9a7f678c 4821 emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
d1163987
BW
4822 gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? UNSIGNED_FLOAT : FLOAT,
4823 GET_MODE (to), from));
77c9c6c2
RK
4824 }
4825
a48fb61b
RK
4826 done:
4827
77c9c6c2
RK
4828 /* Copy result to requested destination
4829 if we have been computing in a temp location. */
4830
4831 if (target != to)
4832 {
4833 if (GET_MODE (target) == GET_MODE (to))
4834 emit_move_insn (to, target);
4835 else
4836 convert_move (to, target, 0);
4837 }
4838}
4839\f
0e1d7f32
AH
4840/* Generate code to convert FROM to fixed point and store in TO. FROM
4841 must be floating point. */
77c9c6c2
RK
4842
4843void
0c20a65f 4844expand_fix (rtx to, rtx from, int unsignedp)
77c9c6c2
RK
4845{
4846 enum insn_code icode;
b3694847 4847 rtx target = to;
77c9c6c2
RK
4848 enum machine_mode fmode, imode;
4849 int must_trunc = 0;
77c9c6c2
RK
4850
4851 /* We first try to find a pair of modes, one real and one integer, at
4852 least as wide as FROM and TO, respectively, in which we can open-code
4853 this conversion. If the integer mode is wider than the mode of TO,
4854 we can do the conversion either signed or unsigned. */
4855
3987b9db
JH
4856 for (fmode = GET_MODE (from); fmode != VOIDmode;
4857 fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
4858 for (imode = GET_MODE (to); imode != VOIDmode;
4859 imode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (imode))
77c9c6c2
RK
4860 {
4861 int doing_unsigned = unsignedp;
4862
4863 icode = can_fix_p (imode, fmode, unsignedp, &must_trunc);
4864 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing && imode != GET_MODE (to) && unsignedp)
4865 icode = can_fix_p (imode, fmode, 0, &must_trunc), doing_unsigned = 0;
4866
4867 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4868 {
5e04ef8f 4869 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
77c9c6c2
RK
4870 if (fmode != GET_MODE (from))
4871 from = convert_to_mode (fmode, from, 0);
77c9c6c2
RK
4872
4873 if (must_trunc)
0e1d7f32
AH
4874 {
4875 rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (from));
4876 from = expand_unop (GET_MODE (from), ftrunc_optab, from,
4877 temp, 0);
4878 }
77c9c6c2
RK
4879
4880 if (imode != GET_MODE (to))
4881 target = gen_reg_rtx (imode);
4882
5e04ef8f
JH
4883 if (maybe_emit_unop_insn (icode, target, from,
4884 doing_unsigned ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX))
4885 {
4886 if (target != to)
4887 convert_move (to, target, unsignedp);
4888 return;
4889 }
4890 delete_insns_since (last);
77c9c6c2
RK
4891 }
4892 }
4893
77c9c6c2
RK
4894 /* For an unsigned conversion, there is one more way to do it.
4895 If we have a signed conversion, we generate code that compares
4896 the real value to the largest representable positive number. If if
4897 is smaller, the conversion is done normally. Otherwise, subtract
4898 one plus the highest signed number, convert, and add it back.
4899
4900 We only need to check all real modes, since we know we didn't find
0c20a65f 4901 anything with a wider integer mode.
0d446150
JH
4902
4903 This code used to extend FP value into mode wider than the destination.
6ef9a246
JJ
4904 This is needed for decimal float modes which cannot accurately
4905 represent one plus the highest signed number of the same size, but
4906 not for binary modes. Consider, for instance conversion from SFmode
0d446150
JH
4907 into DImode.
4908
6fc0bb99 4909 The hot path through the code is dealing with inputs smaller than 2^63
0d446150
JH
4910 and doing just the conversion, so there is no bits to lose.
4911
4912 In the other path we know the value is positive in the range 2^63..2^64-1
6ef9a246 4913 inclusive. (as for other input overflow happens and result is undefined)
e0bb17a8 4914 So we know that the most important bit set in mantissa corresponds to
0d446150
JH
4915 2^63. The subtraction of 2^63 should not generate any rounding as it
4916 simply clears out that bit. The rest is trivial. */
77c9c6c2 4917
69660a70 4918 if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (to)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
77c9c6c2
RK
4919 for (fmode = GET_MODE (from); fmode != VOIDmode;
4920 fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
6ef9a246
JJ
4921 if (CODE_FOR_nothing != can_fix_p (GET_MODE (to), fmode, 0, &must_trunc)
4922 && (!DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode)
69660a70 4923 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fmode) > GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (to))))
77c9c6c2 4924 {
e9f7ae44
RS
4925 int bitsize;
4926 REAL_VALUE_TYPE offset;
4927 rtx limit, lab1, lab2, insn;
4928
69660a70 4929 bitsize = GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (to));
6ef9a246 4930 real_2expN (&offset, bitsize - 1, fmode);
30d88916 4931 limit = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (offset, fmode);
e9f7ae44
RS
4932 lab1 = gen_label_rtx ();
4933 lab2 = gen_label_rtx ();
77c9c6c2 4934
77c9c6c2
RK
4935 if (fmode != GET_MODE (from))
4936 from = convert_to_mode (fmode, from, 0);
4937
4938 /* See if we need to do the subtraction. */
4939 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
c5d5d461 4940 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (from, limit, GE, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (from),
a06ef755 4941 0, lab1);
77c9c6c2
RK
4942
4943 /* If not, do the signed "fix" and branch around fixup code. */
4944 expand_fix (to, from, 0);
4945 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2));
4946 emit_barrier ();
4947
4948 /* Otherwise, subtract 2**(N-1), convert to signed number,
4949 then add 2**(N-1). Do the addition using XOR since this
4950 will often generate better code. */
4951 emit_label (lab1);
4952 target = expand_binop (GET_MODE (from), sub_optab, from, limit,
b1ec3c92 4953 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
77c9c6c2
RK
4954 expand_fix (to, target, 0);
4955 target = expand_binop (GET_MODE (to), xor_optab, to,
2496c7bd
LB
4956 gen_int_mode
4957 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitsize - 1),
4958 GET_MODE (to)),
77c9c6c2
RK
4959 to, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4960
4961 if (target != to)
4962 emit_move_insn (to, target);
4963
4964 emit_label (lab2);
4965
947131ba 4966 if (optab_handler (mov_optab, GET_MODE (to)) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
02214a5c
RK
4967 {
4968 /* Make a place for a REG_NOTE and add it. */
4969 insn = emit_move_insn (to, to);
5fa671cf
AM
4970 set_unique_reg_note (insn,
4971 REG_EQUAL,
4972 gen_rtx_fmt_e (UNSIGNED_FIX,
4973 GET_MODE (to),
4974 copy_rtx (from)));
02214a5c 4975 }
c5c76735 4976
77c9c6c2
RK
4977 return;
4978 }
77c9c6c2
RK
4979
4980 /* We can't do it with an insn, so use a library call. But first ensure
4981 that the mode of TO is at least as wide as SImode, since those are the
4982 only library calls we know about. */
4983
4984 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (to)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
4985 {
4986 target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
4987
4988 expand_fix (target, from, unsignedp);
4989 }
77c9c6c2 4990 else
77c9c6c2
RK
4991 {
4992 rtx insns;
560f3f8a 4993 rtx value;
85363ca0 4994 rtx libfunc;
5906d013 4995
85363ca0 4996 convert_optab tab = unsignedp ? ufix_optab : sfix_optab;
8a33f100 4997 libfunc = convert_optab_libfunc (tab, GET_MODE (to), GET_MODE (from));
e3feb571 4998 gcc_assert (libfunc);
77c9c6c2 4999
77c9c6c2
RK
5000 start_sequence ();
5001
85363ca0 5002 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST,
ebb1b59a
BS
5003 GET_MODE (to), 1, from,
5004 GET_MODE (from));
77c9c6c2
RK
5005 insns = get_insns ();
5006 end_sequence ();
5007
560f3f8a 5008 emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
9e6a5703
JC
5009 gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX,
5010 GET_MODE (to), from));
77c9c6c2 5011 }
0c20a65f 5012
3e53ea48
RK
5013 if (target != to)
5014 {
5015 if (GET_MODE (to) == GET_MODE (target))
5016 emit_move_insn (to, target);
5017 else
5018 convert_move (to, target, 0);
5019 }
77c9c6c2 5020}
bb7f0423 5021
0f996086
CF
5022/* Generate code to convert FROM or TO a fixed-point.
5023 If UINTP is true, either TO or FROM is an unsigned integer.
5024 If SATP is true, we need to saturate the result. */
5025
5026void
5027expand_fixed_convert (rtx to, rtx from, int uintp, int satp)
5028{
5029 enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to);
5030 enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from);
5031 convert_optab tab;
5032 enum rtx_code this_code;
5033 enum insn_code code;
5034 rtx insns, value;
5035 rtx libfunc;
5036
5037 if (to_mode == from_mode)
5038 {
5039 emit_move_insn (to, from);
5040 return;
5041 }
5042
5043 if (uintp)
5044 {
5045 tab = satp ? satfractuns_optab : fractuns_optab;
5046 this_code = satp ? UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT : UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT;
5047 }
5048 else
5049 {
5050 tab = satp ? satfract_optab : fract_optab;
5051 this_code = satp ? SAT_FRACT : FRACT_CONVERT;
5052 }
947131ba 5053 code = convert_optab_handler (tab, to_mode, from_mode);
0f996086
CF
5054 if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
5055 {
5056 emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, this_code);
5057 return;
5058 }
5059
5060 libfunc = convert_optab_libfunc (tab, to_mode, from_mode);
5061 gcc_assert (libfunc);
5062
5063 start_sequence ();
5064 value = emit_library_call_value (libfunc, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, to_mode,
5065 1, from, from_mode);
5066 insns = get_insns ();
5067 end_sequence ();
5068
5069 emit_libcall_block (insns, to, value,
5070 gen_rtx_fmt_e (tab->code, to_mode, from));
5071}
5072
bb7f0423
RG
5073/* Generate code to convert FROM to fixed point and store in TO. FROM
5074 must be floating point, TO must be signed. Use the conversion optab
5075 TAB to do the conversion. */
5076
5077bool
5078expand_sfix_optab (rtx to, rtx from, convert_optab tab)
5079{
5080 enum insn_code icode;
5081 rtx target = to;
5082 enum machine_mode fmode, imode;
5083
5084 /* We first try to find a pair of modes, one real and one integer, at
5085 least as wide as FROM and TO, respectively, in which we can open-code
5086 this conversion. If the integer mode is wider than the mode of TO,
5087 we can do the conversion either signed or unsigned. */
5088
5089 for (fmode = GET_MODE (from); fmode != VOIDmode;
5090 fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
5091 for (imode = GET_MODE (to); imode != VOIDmode;
5092 imode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (imode))
5093 {
947131ba 5094 icode = convert_optab_handler (tab, imode, fmode);
bb7f0423
RG
5095 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
5096 {
5e04ef8f 5097 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
bb7f0423
RG
5098 if (fmode != GET_MODE (from))
5099 from = convert_to_mode (fmode, from, 0);
5100
5101 if (imode != GET_MODE (to))
5102 target = gen_reg_rtx (imode);
5103
18bd082d 5104 if (!maybe_emit_unop_insn (icode, target, from, UNKNOWN))
5e04ef8f
JH
5105 {
5106 delete_insns_since (last);
5107 continue;
5108 }
bb7f0423
RG
5109 if (target != to)
5110 convert_move (to, target, 0);
5111 return true;
5112 }
5113 }
5114
5115 return false;
5116}
77c9c6c2 5117\f
ef89d648
ZW
5118/* Report whether we have an instruction to perform the operation
5119 specified by CODE on operands of mode MODE. */
5120int
0c20a65f 5121have_insn_for (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode)
ef89d648
ZW
5122{
5123 return (code_to_optab[(int) code] != 0
947131ba 5124 && (optab_handler (code_to_optab[(int) code], mode)
ef89d648
ZW
5125 != CODE_FOR_nothing));
5126}
5127
c0742514
JJ
5128/* Set all insn_code fields to CODE_FOR_nothing. */
5129
33727b5e 5130static void
c0742514 5131init_insn_codes (void)
85363ca0 5132{
596455ce
RS
5133 memset (optab_table, 0, sizeof (optab_table));
5134 memset (convert_optab_table, 0, sizeof (convert_optab_table));
f9621cc4 5135 memset (direct_optab_table, 0, sizeof (direct_optab_table));
85363ca0
ZW
5136}
5137
c0742514 5138/* Initialize OP's code to CODE, and write it into the code_to_optab table. */
33727b5e
JJ
5139static inline void
5140init_optab (optab op, enum rtx_code code)
ef89d648 5141{
ef89d648
ZW
5142 op->code = code;
5143 code_to_optab[(int) code] = op;
ef89d648
ZW
5144}
5145
5146/* Same, but fill in its code as CODE, and do _not_ write it into
5147 the code_to_optab table. */
33727b5e
JJ
5148static inline void
5149init_optabv (optab op, enum rtx_code code)
ef89d648 5150{
ef89d648 5151 op->code = code;
77c9c6c2
RK
5152}
5153
85363ca0 5154/* Conversion optabs never go in the code_to_optab table. */
33727b5e
JJ
5155static void
5156init_convert_optab (convert_optab op, enum rtx_code code)
85363ca0 5157{
85363ca0 5158 op->code = code;
85363ca0
ZW
5159}
5160
b092b471
JW
5161/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an entire group of entries in some
5162 optab. Each entry is set equal to a string consisting of a leading
5163 pair of underscores followed by a generic operation name followed by
7ef0daad 5164 a mode name (downshifted to lowercase) followed by a single character
b092b471
JW
5165 representing the number of operands for the given operation (which is
5166 usually one of the characters '2', '3', or '4').
5167
5168 OPTABLE is the table in which libfunc fields are to be initialized.
b092b471
JW
5169 OPNAME is the generic (string) name of the operation.
5170 SUFFIX is the character which specifies the number of operands for
5171 the given generic operation.
8a33f100 5172 MODE is the mode to generate for.
b092b471
JW
5173*/
5174
5175static void
8a33f100 5176gen_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, int suffix, enum machine_mode mode)
b092b471 5177{
b3694847 5178 unsigned opname_len = strlen (opname);
8a33f100
JH
5179 const char *mname = GET_MODE_NAME (mode);
5180 unsigned mname_len = strlen (mname);
cdbf4541
BS
5181 int prefix_len = targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix ? 6 : 2;
5182 int len = prefix_len + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1;
5183 char *libfunc_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, len);
8a33f100
JH
5184 char *p;
5185 const char *q;
b092b471 5186
8a33f100
JH
5187 p = libfunc_name;
5188 *p++ = '_';
5189 *p++ = '_';
cdbf4541
BS
5190 if (targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix)
5191 {
5192 *p++ = 'g';
5193 *p++ = 'n';
5194 *p++ = 'u';
5195 *p++ = '_';
5196 }
8a33f100
JH
5197 for (q = opname; *q; )
5198 *p++ = *q++;
5199 for (q = mname; *q; q++)
5200 *p++ = TOLOWER (*q);
5201 *p++ = suffix;
5202 *p = '\0';
5203
5204 set_optab_libfunc (optable, mode,
5205 ggc_alloc_string (libfunc_name, p - libfunc_name));
b092b471
JW
5206}
5207
8a33f100 5208/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that integer operation is involved. */
b092b471
JW
5209
5210static void
8a33f100
JH
5211gen_int_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, char suffix,
5212 enum machine_mode mode)
b092b471 5213{
8a33f100
JH
5214 int maxsize = 2 * BITS_PER_WORD;
5215
5216 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
5217 return;
c0510d84
DD
5218 if (maxsize < LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE)
5219 maxsize = LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE;
8a33f100
JH
5220 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
5221 || mode < word_mode || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > maxsize)
5222 return;
5223 gen_libfunc (optable, opname, suffix, mode);
b092b471
JW
5224}
5225
8a33f100 5226/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that FP and set decimal prefix if needed. */
b092b471
JW
5227
5228static void
8a33f100
JH
5229gen_fp_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, char suffix,
5230 enum machine_mode mode)
b092b471 5231{
8a33f100 5232 char *dec_opname;
79b87c74 5233
8a33f100
JH
5234 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5235 gen_libfunc (optable, opname, suffix, mode);
5236 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
5237 {
d3bfe4de 5238 dec_opname = XALLOCAVEC (char, sizeof (DECIMAL_PREFIX) + strlen (opname));
8a33f100
JH
5239 /* For BID support, change the name to have either a bid_ or dpd_ prefix
5240 depending on the low level floating format used. */
5241 memcpy (dec_opname, DECIMAL_PREFIX, sizeof (DECIMAL_PREFIX) - 1);
5242 strcpy (dec_opname + sizeof (DECIMAL_PREFIX) - 1, opname);
5243 gen_libfunc (optable, dec_opname, suffix, mode);
5244 }
5245}
79b87c74 5246
0f996086
CF
5247/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that fixed-point operation is involved. */
5248
5249static void
5250gen_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, char suffix,
5251 enum machine_mode mode)
5252{
5253 if (!ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5254 return;
5255 gen_libfunc (optable, opname, suffix, mode);
5256}
5257
5258/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that signed fixed-point operation is
5259 involved. */
5260
5261static void
5262gen_signed_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, char suffix,
5263 enum machine_mode mode)
5264{
5265 if (!SIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5266 return;
5267 gen_libfunc (optable, opname, suffix, mode);
5268}
5269
5270/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that unsigned fixed-point operation is
5271 involved. */
5272
5273static void
5274gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *opname, char suffix,
5275 enum machine_mode mode)
5276{
5277 if (!UNSIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5278 return;
5279 gen_libfunc (optable, opname, suffix, mode);
5280}
5281
8a33f100
JH
5282/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that FP or INT operation is involved. */
5283
5284static void
5285gen_int_fp_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5286 enum machine_mode mode)
5287{
5288 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5289 gen_fp_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5290 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5291 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5292}
5293
5294/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that FP or INT operation is involved
5295 and add 'v' suffix for integer operation. */
5296
5297static void
5298gen_intv_fp_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5299 enum machine_mode mode)
5300{
5301 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5302 gen_fp_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5303 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
5304 {
5305 int len = strlen (name);
d3bfe4de 5306 char *v_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, len + 2);
8a33f100
JH
5307 strcpy (v_name, name);
5308 v_name[len] = 'v';
5309 v_name[len + 1] = 0;
5310 gen_int_libfunc (optable, v_name, suffix, mode);
5311 }
b092b471
JW
5312}
5313
0f996086
CF
5314/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that FP or INT or FIXED operation is
5315 involved. */
5316
5317static void
5318gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5319 enum machine_mode mode)
5320{
5321 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5322 gen_fp_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5323 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5324 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5325 if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5326 gen_fixed_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5327}
5328
5329/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that FP or INT or signed FIXED operation is
5330 involved. */
5331
5332static void
5333gen_int_fp_signed_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5334 enum machine_mode mode)
5335{
5336 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5337 gen_fp_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5338 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5339 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5340 if (SIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5341 gen_signed_fixed_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5342}
5343
5344/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that INT or FIXED operation is
5345 involved. */
5346
5347static void
5348gen_int_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5349 enum machine_mode mode)
5350{
5351 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5352 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5353 if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5354 gen_fixed_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5355}
5356
5357/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that INT or signed FIXED operation is
5358 involved. */
5359
5360static void
5361gen_int_signed_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5362 enum machine_mode mode)
5363{
5364 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5365 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5366 if (SIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5367 gen_signed_fixed_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5368}
5369
5370/* Like gen_libfunc, but verify that INT or unsigned FIXED operation is
5371 involved. */
5372
5373static void
5374gen_int_unsigned_fixed_libfunc (optab optable, const char *name, char suffix,
5375 enum machine_mode mode)
5376{
5377 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
5378 gen_int_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5379 if (UNSIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
5380 gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc (optable, name, suffix, mode);
5381}
5382
85363ca0
ZW
5383/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an entire group of entries of an
5384 inter-mode-class conversion optab. The string formation rules are
5385 similar to the ones for init_libfuncs, above, but instead of having
5386 a mode name and an operand count these functions have two mode names
5387 and no operand count. */
8a33f100 5388
85363ca0 5389static void
8a33f100
JH
5390gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5391 const char *opname,
5392 enum machine_mode tmode,
5393 enum machine_mode fmode)
85363ca0 5394{
85363ca0 5395 size_t opname_len = strlen (opname);
8a33f100 5396 size_t mname_len = 0;
85363ca0 5397
85363ca0
ZW
5398 const char *fname, *tname;
5399 const char *q;
cdbf4541 5400 int prefix_len = targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix ? 6 : 2;
85363ca0 5401 char *libfunc_name, *suffix;
79b87c74 5402 char *nondec_name, *dec_name, *nondec_suffix, *dec_suffix;
85363ca0
ZW
5403 char *p;
5404
79b87c74
MM
5405 /* If this is a decimal conversion, add the current BID vs. DPD prefix that
5406 depends on which underlying decimal floating point format is used. */
5407 const size_t dec_len = sizeof (DECIMAL_PREFIX) - 1;
5408
8a33f100 5409 mname_len = strlen (GET_MODE_NAME (tmode)) + strlen (GET_MODE_NAME (fmode));
85363ca0 5410
cdbf4541 5411 nondec_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, prefix_len + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1);
79b87c74
MM
5412 nondec_name[0] = '_';
5413 nondec_name[1] = '_';
cdbf4541
BS
5414 if (targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix)
5415 {
5416 nondec_name[2] = 'g';
5417 nondec_name[3] = 'n';
5418 nondec_name[4] = 'u';
5419 nondec_name[5] = '_';
5420 }
5421
5422 memcpy (&nondec_name[prefix_len], opname, opname_len);
5423 nondec_suffix = nondec_name + opname_len + prefix_len;
79b87c74 5424
d3bfe4de 5425 dec_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 2 + dec_len + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1);
79b87c74
MM
5426 dec_name[0] = '_';
5427 dec_name[1] = '_';
5428 memcpy (&dec_name[2], DECIMAL_PREFIX, dec_len);
5429 memcpy (&dec_name[2+dec_len], opname, opname_len);
5430 dec_suffix = dec_name + dec_len + opname_len + 2;
85363ca0 5431
8a33f100
JH
5432 fname = GET_MODE_NAME (fmode);
5433 tname = GET_MODE_NAME (tmode);
85363ca0 5434
8a33f100
JH
5435 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P(fmode) || DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P(tmode))
5436 {
5437 libfunc_name = dec_name;
5438 suffix = dec_suffix;
5439 }
5440 else
5441 {
5442 libfunc_name = nondec_name;
5443 suffix = nondec_suffix;
5444 }
79b87c74 5445
8a33f100
JH
5446 p = suffix;
5447 for (q = fname; *q; p++, q++)
5448 *p = TOLOWER (*q);
5449 for (q = tname; *q; p++, q++)
5450 *p = TOLOWER (*q);
85363ca0 5451
8a33f100 5452 *p = '\0';
85363ca0 5453
8a33f100
JH
5454 set_conv_libfunc (tab, tmode, fmode,
5455 ggc_alloc_string (libfunc_name, p - libfunc_name));
85363ca0
ZW
5456}
5457
8a33f100
JH
5458/* Same as gen_interclass_conv_libfunc but verify that we are producing
5459 int->fp conversion. */
5460
85363ca0 5461static void
8a33f100
JH
5462gen_int_to_fp_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5463 const char *opname,
5464 enum machine_mode tmode,
5465 enum machine_mode fmode)
5466{
5467 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) != MODE_INT)
5468 return;
5469 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode))
5470 return;
5471 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5472}
5473
5474/* ufloat_optab is special by using floatun for FP and floatuns decimal fp
5475 naming scheme. */
5476
5477static void
5478gen_ufloat_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5479 const char *opname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5480 enum machine_mode tmode,
5481 enum machine_mode fmode)
5482{
5483 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode))
5484 gen_int_to_fp_conv_libfunc (tab, "floatuns", tmode, fmode);
5485 else
5486 gen_int_to_fp_conv_libfunc (tab, "floatun", tmode, fmode);
5487}
5488
5489/* Same as gen_interclass_conv_libfunc but verify that we are producing
5490 fp->int conversion. */
5491
5492static void
5493gen_int_to_fp_nondecimal_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5494 const char *opname,
5495 enum machine_mode tmode,
5496 enum machine_mode fmode)
5497{
5498 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) != MODE_INT)
5499 return;
5500 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) != MODE_FLOAT)
5501 return;
5502 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5503}
5504
5505/* Same as gen_interclass_conv_libfunc but verify that we are producing
5506 fp->int conversion with no decimal floating point involved. */
5507
5508static void
5509gen_fp_to_int_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5510 const char *opname,
5511 enum machine_mode tmode,
5512 enum machine_mode fmode)
5513{
5514 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode))
5515 return;
5516 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) != MODE_INT)
5517 return;
5518 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5519}
5520
fa10beec 5521/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an of an intra-mode-class conversion optab.
8a33f100
JH
5522 The string formation rules are
5523 similar to the ones for init_libfunc, above. */
5524
5525static void
5526gen_intraclass_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab, const char *opname,
5527 enum machine_mode tmode, enum machine_mode fmode)
85363ca0 5528{
85363ca0 5529 size_t opname_len = strlen (opname);
8a33f100 5530 size_t mname_len = 0;
85363ca0 5531
8a33f100 5532 const char *fname, *tname;
85363ca0 5533 const char *q;
cdbf4541 5534 int prefix_len = targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix ? 6 : 2;
79b87c74 5535 char *nondec_name, *dec_name, *nondec_suffix, *dec_suffix;
85363ca0
ZW
5536 char *libfunc_name, *suffix;
5537 char *p;
5538
79b87c74
MM
5539 /* If this is a decimal conversion, add the current BID vs. DPD prefix that
5540 depends on which underlying decimal floating point format is used. */
5541 const size_t dec_len = sizeof (DECIMAL_PREFIX) - 1;
5542
8a33f100 5543 mname_len = strlen (GET_MODE_NAME (tmode)) + strlen (GET_MODE_NAME (fmode));
85363ca0 5544
d3bfe4de 5545 nondec_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 2 + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1);
79b87c74
MM
5546 nondec_name[0] = '_';
5547 nondec_name[1] = '_';
cdbf4541
BS
5548 if (targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix)
5549 {
5550 nondec_name[2] = 'g';
5551 nondec_name[3] = 'n';
5552 nondec_name[4] = 'u';
5553 nondec_name[5] = '_';
5554 }
5555 memcpy (&nondec_name[prefix_len], opname, opname_len);
5556 nondec_suffix = nondec_name + opname_len + prefix_len;
79b87c74 5557
d3bfe4de 5558 dec_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 2 + dec_len + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1);
79b87c74
MM
5559 dec_name[0] = '_';
5560 dec_name[1] = '_';
5561 memcpy (&dec_name[2], DECIMAL_PREFIX, dec_len);
5562 memcpy (&dec_name[2 + dec_len], opname, opname_len);
5563 dec_suffix = dec_name + dec_len + opname_len + 2;
85363ca0 5564
8a33f100
JH
5565 fname = GET_MODE_NAME (fmode);
5566 tname = GET_MODE_NAME (tmode);
85363ca0 5567
8a33f100
JH
5568 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P(fmode) || DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P(tmode))
5569 {
5570 libfunc_name = dec_name;
5571 suffix = dec_suffix;
5572 }
5573 else
5574 {
5575 libfunc_name = nondec_name;
5576 suffix = nondec_suffix;
5577 }
79b87c74 5578
8a33f100
JH
5579 p = suffix;
5580 for (q = fname; *q; p++, q++)
5581 *p = TOLOWER (*q);
5582 for (q = tname; *q; p++, q++)
5583 *p = TOLOWER (*q);
85363ca0 5584
8a33f100
JH
5585 *p++ = '2';
5586 *p = '\0';
85363ca0 5587
8a33f100
JH
5588 set_conv_libfunc (tab, tmode, fmode,
5589 ggc_alloc_string (libfunc_name, p - libfunc_name));
85363ca0
ZW
5590}
5591
8a33f100
JH
5592/* Pick proper libcall for trunc_optab. We need to chose if we do
5593 truncation or extension and interclass or intraclass. */
5594
5595static void
5596gen_trunc_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5597 const char *opname,
5598 enum machine_mode tmode,
5599 enum machine_mode fmode)
5600{
5601 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode))
5602 return;
5603 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode))
5604 return;
5605 if (tmode == fmode)
5606 return;
5607
5608 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_FLOAT && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode))
5609 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_FLOAT && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode)))
5610 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
b8698a0f 5611
8a33f100
JH
5612 if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (fmode) <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (tmode))
5613 return;
5614
5615 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_FLOAT
5616 && GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5617 || (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode) && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode)))
5618 gen_intraclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5619}
5620
5621/* Pick proper libcall for extend_optab. We need to chose if we do
5622 truncation or extension and interclass or intraclass. */
5623
5624static void
5625gen_extend_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5626 const char *opname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5627 enum machine_mode tmode,
5628 enum machine_mode fmode)
5629{
5630 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode))
5631 return;
5632 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) != MODE_FLOAT && !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode))
5633 return;
5634 if (tmode == fmode)
5635 return;
5636
5637 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_FLOAT && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode))
5638 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_FLOAT && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode)))
5639 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
b8698a0f 5640
8a33f100
JH
5641 if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (fmode) > GET_MODE_PRECISION (tmode))
5642 return;
5643
5644 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_FLOAT
5645 && GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_FLOAT)
5646 || (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (fmode) && DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (tmode)))
5647 gen_intraclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5648}
85363ca0 5649
0f996086
CF
5650/* Pick proper libcall for fract_optab. We need to chose if we do
5651 interclass or intraclass. */
5652
5653static void
5654gen_fract_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5655 const char *opname,
5656 enum machine_mode tmode,
5657 enum machine_mode fmode)
5658{
5659 if (tmode == fmode)
5660 return;
5661 if (!(ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (tmode) || ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (fmode)))
5662 return;
5663
5664 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode))
5665 gen_intraclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5666 else
5667 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5668}
5669
5670/* Pick proper libcall for fractuns_optab. */
5671
5672static void
5673gen_fractuns_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5674 const char *opname,
5675 enum machine_mode tmode,
5676 enum machine_mode fmode)
5677{
5678 if (tmode == fmode)
5679 return;
5680 /* One mode must be a fixed-point mode, and the other must be an integer
5681 mode. */
5682 if (!((ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (tmode) && GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_INT)
5683 || (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (fmode)
5684 && GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_INT)))
5685 return;
5686
5687 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5688}
5689
5690/* Pick proper libcall for satfract_optab. We need to chose if we do
5691 interclass or intraclass. */
5692
5693static void
5694gen_satfract_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5695 const char *opname,
5696 enum machine_mode tmode,
5697 enum machine_mode fmode)
5698{
5699 if (tmode == fmode)
5700 return;
5701 /* TMODE must be a fixed-point mode. */
5702 if (!ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (tmode))
5703 return;
5704
5705 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode))
5706 gen_intraclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5707 else
5708 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5709}
5710
5711/* Pick proper libcall for satfractuns_optab. */
5712
5713static void
5714gen_satfractuns_conv_libfunc (convert_optab tab,
5715 const char *opname,
5716 enum machine_mode tmode,
5717 enum machine_mode fmode)
5718{
5719 if (tmode == fmode)
5720 return;
5721 /* TMODE must be a fixed-point mode, and FMODE must be an integer mode. */
5722 if (!(ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (tmode) && GET_MODE_CLASS (fmode) == MODE_INT))
5723 return;
5724
5725 gen_interclass_conv_libfunc (tab, opname, tmode, fmode);
5726}
5727
61698f54
RS
5728/* A table of previously-created libfuncs, hashed by name. */
5729static GTY ((param_is (union tree_node))) htab_t libfunc_decls;
52859c77 5730
61698f54 5731/* Hashtable callbacks for libfunc_decls. */
ee1315aa 5732
61698f54
RS
5733static hashval_t
5734libfunc_decl_hash (const void *entry)
5735{
6456e26e 5736 return IDENTIFIER_HASH_VALUE (DECL_NAME ((const_tree) entry));
61698f54 5737}
52859c77 5738
61698f54
RS
5739static int
5740libfunc_decl_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
5741{
572e5ae3 5742 return DECL_NAME ((const_tree) entry1) == (const_tree) entry2;
61698f54 5743}
52859c77 5744
f9417da1
RG
5745/* Build a decl for a libfunc named NAME. */
5746
5747tree
5748build_libfunc_function (const char *name)
5749{
5750 tree decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, FUNCTION_DECL,
5751 get_identifier (name),
5752 build_function_type (integer_type_node, NULL_TREE));
5753 /* ??? We don't have any type information except for this is
5754 a function. Pretend this is "int foo()". */
5755 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5756 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5757 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5758 gcc_assert (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5759
5760 /* Zap the nonsensical SYMBOL_REF_DECL for this. What we're left with
5761 are the flags assigned by targetm.encode_section_info. */
5762 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), NULL);
5763
5764 return decl;
5765}
5766
61698f54
RS
5767rtx
5768init_one_libfunc (const char *name)
5769{
5770 tree id, decl;
5771 void **slot;
5772 hashval_t hash;
5773
5774 if (libfunc_decls == NULL)
5775 libfunc_decls = htab_create_ggc (37, libfunc_decl_hash,
5776 libfunc_decl_eq, NULL);
5777
5778 /* See if we have already created a libfunc decl for this function. */
5779 id = get_identifier (name);
eef4a603 5780 hash = IDENTIFIER_HASH_VALUE (id);
61698f54
RS
5781 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (libfunc_decls, id, hash, INSERT);
5782 decl = (tree) *slot;
5783 if (decl == NULL)
5784 {
5785 /* Create a new decl, so that it can be passed to
5786 targetm.encode_section_info. */
f9417da1 5787 decl = build_libfunc_function (name);
61698f54
RS
5788 *slot = decl;
5789 }
5790 return XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0);
76095e2f
RH
5791}
5792
6b2b8871
JJ
5793/* Adjust the assembler name of libfunc NAME to ASMSPEC. */
5794
5795rtx
5796set_user_assembler_libfunc (const char *name, const char *asmspec)
5797{
5798 tree id, decl;
5799 void **slot;
5800 hashval_t hash;
5801
5802 id = get_identifier (name);
eef4a603 5803 hash = IDENTIFIER_HASH_VALUE (id);
6b2b8871
JJ
5804 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (libfunc_decls, id, hash, NO_INSERT);
5805 gcc_assert (slot);
5806 decl = (tree) *slot;
5807 set_user_assembler_name (decl, asmspec);
5808 return XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0);
5809}
5810
c15c90bb
ZW
5811/* Call this to reset the function entry for one optab (OPTABLE) in mode
5812 MODE to NAME, which should be either 0 or a string constant. */
5813void
5814set_optab_libfunc (optab optable, enum machine_mode mode, const char *name)
5815{
8a33f100
JH
5816 rtx val;
5817 struct libfunc_entry e;
5818 struct libfunc_entry **slot;
33727b5e 5819 e.optab = (size_t) (optable - &optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
5820 e.mode1 = mode;
5821 e.mode2 = VOIDmode;
5822
c15c90bb 5823 if (name)
8a33f100 5824 val = init_one_libfunc (name);
c15c90bb 5825 else
8a33f100
JH
5826 val = 0;
5827 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash, &e, INSERT);
5828 if (*slot == NULL)
a9429e29 5829 *slot = ggc_alloc_libfunc_entry ();
33727b5e 5830 (*slot)->optab = (size_t) (optable - &optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
5831 (*slot)->mode1 = mode;
5832 (*slot)->mode2 = VOIDmode;
5833 (*slot)->libfunc = val;
c15c90bb
ZW
5834}
5835
85363ca0
ZW
5836/* Call this to reset the function entry for one conversion optab
5837 (OPTABLE) from mode FMODE to mode TMODE to NAME, which should be
5838 either 0 or a string constant. */
5839void
5840set_conv_libfunc (convert_optab optable, enum machine_mode tmode,
5841 enum machine_mode fmode, const char *name)
5842{
8a33f100
JH
5843 rtx val;
5844 struct libfunc_entry e;
5845 struct libfunc_entry **slot;
33727b5e 5846 e.optab = (size_t) (optable - &convert_optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
5847 e.mode1 = tmode;
5848 e.mode2 = fmode;
5849
85363ca0 5850 if (name)
8a33f100 5851 val = init_one_libfunc (name);
85363ca0 5852 else
8a33f100
JH
5853 val = 0;
5854 slot = (struct libfunc_entry **) htab_find_slot (libfunc_hash, &e, INSERT);
5855 if (*slot == NULL)
a9429e29 5856 *slot = ggc_alloc_libfunc_entry ();
33727b5e 5857 (*slot)->optab = (size_t) (optable - &convert_optab_table[0]);
8a33f100
JH
5858 (*slot)->mode1 = tmode;
5859 (*slot)->mode2 = fmode;
5860 (*slot)->libfunc = val;
85363ca0
ZW
5861}
5862
b5deb7b6 5863/* Call this to initialize the contents of the optabs
77c9c6c2
RK
5864 appropriately for the current target machine. */
5865
5866void
0c20a65f 5867init_optabs (void)
77c9c6c2 5868{
3e9c326a
RS
5869 if (libfunc_hash)
5870 {
5871 htab_empty (libfunc_hash);
5872 /* We statically initialize the insn_codes with the equivalent of
5873 CODE_FOR_nothing. Repeat the process if reinitialising. */
5874 init_insn_codes ();
5875 }
5876 else
5877 libfunc_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, hash_libfunc, eq_libfunc, NULL);
c0742514 5878
33727b5e
JJ
5879 init_optab (add_optab, PLUS);
5880 init_optabv (addv_optab, PLUS);
5881 init_optab (sub_optab, MINUS);
5882 init_optabv (subv_optab, MINUS);
5883 init_optab (ssadd_optab, SS_PLUS);
5884 init_optab (usadd_optab, US_PLUS);
5885 init_optab (sssub_optab, SS_MINUS);
5886 init_optab (ussub_optab, US_MINUS);
5887 init_optab (smul_optab, MULT);
5888 init_optab (ssmul_optab, SS_MULT);
5889 init_optab (usmul_optab, US_MULT);
5890 init_optabv (smulv_optab, MULT);
5891 init_optab (smul_highpart_optab, UNKNOWN);
5892 init_optab (umul_highpart_optab, UNKNOWN);
5893 init_optab (smul_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5894 init_optab (umul_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5895 init_optab (usmul_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5896 init_optab (smadd_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5897 init_optab (umadd_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5898 init_optab (ssmadd_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5899 init_optab (usmadd_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5900 init_optab (smsub_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5901 init_optab (umsub_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5902 init_optab (ssmsub_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5903 init_optab (usmsub_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
5904 init_optab (sdiv_optab, DIV);
5905 init_optab (ssdiv_optab, SS_DIV);
5906 init_optab (usdiv_optab, US_DIV);
5907 init_optabv (sdivv_optab, DIV);
5908 init_optab (sdivmod_optab, UNKNOWN);
5909 init_optab (udiv_optab, UDIV);
5910 init_optab (udivmod_optab, UNKNOWN);
5911 init_optab (smod_optab, MOD);
5912 init_optab (umod_optab, UMOD);
5913 init_optab (fmod_optab, UNKNOWN);
5914 init_optab (remainder_optab, UNKNOWN);
5915 init_optab (ftrunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
5916 init_optab (and_optab, AND);
5917 init_optab (ior_optab, IOR);
5918 init_optab (xor_optab, XOR);
5919 init_optab (ashl_optab, ASHIFT);
5920 init_optab (ssashl_optab, SS_ASHIFT);
5921 init_optab (usashl_optab, US_ASHIFT);
5922 init_optab (ashr_optab, ASHIFTRT);
5923 init_optab (lshr_optab, LSHIFTRT);
31a0c825
DP
5924 init_optabv (vashl_optab, ASHIFT);
5925 init_optabv (vashr_optab, ASHIFTRT);
5926 init_optabv (vlshr_optab, LSHIFTRT);
33727b5e
JJ
5927 init_optab (rotl_optab, ROTATE);
5928 init_optab (rotr_optab, ROTATERT);
5929 init_optab (smin_optab, SMIN);
5930 init_optab (smax_optab, SMAX);
5931 init_optab (umin_optab, UMIN);
5932 init_optab (umax_optab, UMAX);
5933 init_optab (pow_optab, UNKNOWN);
5934 init_optab (atan2_optab, UNKNOWN);
f03d897a
RH
5935 init_optab (fma_optab, FMA);
5936 init_optab (fms_optab, UNKNOWN);
5937 init_optab (fnma_optab, UNKNOWN);
5938 init_optab (fnms_optab, UNKNOWN);
ef89d648
ZW
5939
5940 /* These three have codes assigned exclusively for the sake of
5941 have_insn_for. */
33727b5e
JJ
5942 init_optab (mov_optab, SET);
5943 init_optab (movstrict_optab, STRICT_LOW_PART);
f90b7a5a
PB
5944 init_optab (cbranch_optab, COMPARE);
5945
5946 init_optab (cmov_optab, UNKNOWN);
5947 init_optab (cstore_optab, UNKNOWN);
5948 init_optab (ctrap_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e
JJ
5949
5950 init_optab (storent_optab, UNKNOWN);
5951
f90b7a5a 5952 init_optab (cmp_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e 5953 init_optab (ucmp_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e
JJ
5954
5955 init_optab (eq_optab, EQ);
5956 init_optab (ne_optab, NE);
5957 init_optab (gt_optab, GT);
5958 init_optab (ge_optab, GE);
5959 init_optab (lt_optab, LT);
5960 init_optab (le_optab, LE);
5961 init_optab (unord_optab, UNORDERED);
5962
5963 init_optab (neg_optab, NEG);
5964 init_optab (ssneg_optab, SS_NEG);
5965 init_optab (usneg_optab, US_NEG);
5966 init_optabv (negv_optab, NEG);
5967 init_optab (abs_optab, ABS);
5968 init_optabv (absv_optab, ABS);
5969 init_optab (addcc_optab, UNKNOWN);
5970 init_optab (one_cmpl_optab, NOT);
5971 init_optab (bswap_optab, BSWAP);
5972 init_optab (ffs_optab, FFS);
5973 init_optab (clz_optab, CLZ);
5974 init_optab (ctz_optab, CTZ);
3801c801 5975 init_optab (clrsb_optab, CLRSB);
33727b5e
JJ
5976 init_optab (popcount_optab, POPCOUNT);
5977 init_optab (parity_optab, PARITY);
5978 init_optab (sqrt_optab, SQRT);
5979 init_optab (floor_optab, UNKNOWN);
5980 init_optab (ceil_optab, UNKNOWN);
5981 init_optab (round_optab, UNKNOWN);
5982 init_optab (btrunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
5983 init_optab (nearbyint_optab, UNKNOWN);
5984 init_optab (rint_optab, UNKNOWN);
5985 init_optab (sincos_optab, UNKNOWN);
5986 init_optab (sin_optab, UNKNOWN);
5987 init_optab (asin_optab, UNKNOWN);
5988 init_optab (cos_optab, UNKNOWN);
5989 init_optab (acos_optab, UNKNOWN);
5990 init_optab (exp_optab, UNKNOWN);
5991 init_optab (exp10_optab, UNKNOWN);
5992 init_optab (exp2_optab, UNKNOWN);
5993 init_optab (expm1_optab, UNKNOWN);
5994 init_optab (ldexp_optab, UNKNOWN);
5995 init_optab (scalb_optab, UNKNOWN);
dc6707b8 5996 init_optab (significand_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e
JJ
5997 init_optab (logb_optab, UNKNOWN);
5998 init_optab (ilogb_optab, UNKNOWN);
5999 init_optab (log_optab, UNKNOWN);
6000 init_optab (log10_optab, UNKNOWN);
6001 init_optab (log2_optab, UNKNOWN);
6002 init_optab (log1p_optab, UNKNOWN);
6003 init_optab (tan_optab, UNKNOWN);
6004 init_optab (atan_optab, UNKNOWN);
6005 init_optab (copysign_optab, UNKNOWN);
6006 init_optab (signbit_optab, UNKNOWN);
6007
6008 init_optab (isinf_optab, UNKNOWN);
6009
6010 init_optab (strlen_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e
JJ
6011 init_optab (push_optab, UNKNOWN);
6012
6013 init_optab (reduc_smax_optab, UNKNOWN);
6014 init_optab (reduc_umax_optab, UNKNOWN);
6015 init_optab (reduc_smin_optab, UNKNOWN);
6016 init_optab (reduc_umin_optab, UNKNOWN);
6017 init_optab (reduc_splus_optab, UNKNOWN);
6018 init_optab (reduc_uplus_optab, UNKNOWN);
6019
6020 init_optab (ssum_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
6021 init_optab (usum_widen_optab, UNKNOWN);
b8698a0f 6022 init_optab (sdot_prod_optab, UNKNOWN);
33727b5e
JJ
6023 init_optab (udot_prod_optab, UNKNOWN);
6024
6025 init_optab (vec_extract_optab, UNKNOWN);
6026 init_optab (vec_extract_even_optab, UNKNOWN);
6027 init_optab (vec_extract_odd_optab, UNKNOWN);
6028 init_optab (vec_interleave_high_optab, UNKNOWN);
6029 init_optab (vec_interleave_low_optab, UNKNOWN);
6030 init_optab (vec_set_optab, UNKNOWN);
6031 init_optab (vec_init_optab, UNKNOWN);
6032 init_optab (vec_shl_optab, UNKNOWN);
6033 init_optab (vec_shr_optab, UNKNOWN);
6034 init_optab (vec_realign_load_optab, UNKNOWN);
6035 init_optab (movmisalign_optab, UNKNOWN);
6036 init_optab (vec_widen_umult_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6037 init_optab (vec_widen_umult_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6038 init_optab (vec_widen_smult_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6039 init_optab (vec_widen_smult_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6040 init_optab (vec_unpacks_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6041 init_optab (vec_unpacks_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6042 init_optab (vec_unpacku_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6043 init_optab (vec_unpacku_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6044 init_optab (vec_unpacks_float_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6045 init_optab (vec_unpacks_float_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6046 init_optab (vec_unpacku_float_hi_optab, UNKNOWN);
6047 init_optab (vec_unpacku_float_lo_optab, UNKNOWN);
6048 init_optab (vec_pack_trunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
6049 init_optab (vec_pack_usat_optab, UNKNOWN);
6050 init_optab (vec_pack_ssat_optab, UNKNOWN);
6051 init_optab (vec_pack_ufix_trunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
6052 init_optab (vec_pack_sfix_trunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
6053
6054 init_optab (powi_optab, UNKNOWN);
17684d46 6055
85363ca0 6056 /* Conversions. */
33727b5e
JJ
6057 init_convert_optab (sext_optab, SIGN_EXTEND);
6058 init_convert_optab (zext_optab, ZERO_EXTEND);
6059 init_convert_optab (trunc_optab, TRUNCATE);
6060 init_convert_optab (sfix_optab, FIX);
6061 init_convert_optab (ufix_optab, UNSIGNED_FIX);
6062 init_convert_optab (sfixtrunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
6063 init_convert_optab (ufixtrunc_optab, UNKNOWN);
6064 init_convert_optab (sfloat_optab, FLOAT);
6065 init_convert_optab (ufloat_optab, UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
6066 init_convert_optab (lrint_optab, UNKNOWN);
6067 init_convert_optab (lround_optab, UNKNOWN);
6068 init_convert_optab (lfloor_optab, UNKNOWN);
6069 init_convert_optab (lceil_optab, UNKNOWN);
6070
6071 init_convert_optab (fract_optab, FRACT_CONVERT);
6072 init_convert_optab (fractuns_optab, UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT);
6073 init_convert_optab (satfract_optab, SAT_FRACT);
6074 init_convert_optab (satfractuns_optab, UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT);
0f996086 6075
5d81dc5b
RK
6076 /* Fill in the optabs with the insns we support. */
6077 init_all_optabs ();
6078
5d81dc5b 6079 /* Initialize the optabs with the names of the library functions. */
8a33f100
JH
6080 add_optab->libcall_basename = "add";
6081 add_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6082 add_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6083 addv_optab->libcall_basename = "add";
6084 addv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6085 addv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_intv_fp_libfunc;
0f996086
CF
6086 ssadd_optab->libcall_basename = "ssadd";
6087 ssadd_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6088 ssadd_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
6089 usadd_optab->libcall_basename = "usadd";
6090 usadd_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6091 usadd_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6092 sub_optab->libcall_basename = "sub";
6093 sub_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6094 sub_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6095 subv_optab->libcall_basename = "sub";
6096 subv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6097 subv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_intv_fp_libfunc;
0f996086
CF
6098 sssub_optab->libcall_basename = "sssub";
6099 sssub_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6100 sssub_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
6101 ussub_optab->libcall_basename = "ussub";
6102 ussub_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6103 ussub_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6104 smul_optab->libcall_basename = "mul";
6105 smul_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6106 smul_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6107 smulv_optab->libcall_basename = "mul";
6108 smulv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6109 smulv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_intv_fp_libfunc;
0f996086
CF
6110 ssmul_optab->libcall_basename = "ssmul";
6111 ssmul_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6112 ssmul_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
6113 usmul_optab->libcall_basename = "usmul";
6114 usmul_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6115 usmul_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6116 sdiv_optab->libcall_basename = "div";
6117 sdiv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6118 sdiv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_signed_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6119 sdivv_optab->libcall_basename = "divv";
6120 sdivv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6121 sdivv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
0f996086
CF
6122 ssdiv_optab->libcall_basename = "ssdiv";
6123 ssdiv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6124 ssdiv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6125 udiv_optab->libcall_basename = "udiv";
6126 udiv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086
CF
6127 udiv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
6128 usdiv_optab->libcall_basename = "usdiv";
6129 usdiv_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6130 usdiv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6131 sdivmod_optab->libcall_basename = "divmod";
6132 sdivmod_optab->libcall_suffix = '4';
6133 sdivmod_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6134 udivmod_optab->libcall_basename = "udivmod";
6135 udivmod_optab->libcall_suffix = '4';
6136 udivmod_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6137 smod_optab->libcall_basename = "mod";
6138 smod_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6139 smod_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6140 umod_optab->libcall_basename = "umod";
6141 umod_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6142 umod_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6143 ftrunc_optab->libcall_basename = "ftrunc";
6144 ftrunc_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6145 ftrunc_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6146 and_optab->libcall_basename = "and";
6147 and_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6148 and_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6149 ior_optab->libcall_basename = "ior";
6150 ior_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6151 ior_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6152 xor_optab->libcall_basename = "xor";
6153 xor_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6154 xor_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6155 ashl_optab->libcall_basename = "ashl";
6156 ashl_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086
CF
6157 ashl_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fixed_libfunc;
6158 ssashl_optab->libcall_basename = "ssashl";
6159 ssashl_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6160 ssashl_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
6161 usashl_optab->libcall_basename = "usashl";
6162 usashl_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6163 usashl_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6164 ashr_optab->libcall_basename = "ashr";
6165 ashr_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6166 ashr_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_signed_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6167 lshr_optab->libcall_basename = "lshr";
6168 lshr_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
0f996086 6169 lshr_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6170 smin_optab->libcall_basename = "min";
6171 smin_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6172 smin_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_libfunc;
6173 smax_optab->libcall_basename = "max";
6174 smax_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6175 smax_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_libfunc;
6176 umin_optab->libcall_basename = "umin";
6177 umin_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6178 umin_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6179 umax_optab->libcall_basename = "umax";
6180 umax_optab->libcall_suffix = '3';
6181 umax_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6182 neg_optab->libcall_basename = "neg";
6183 neg_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
0f996086
CF
6184 neg_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc;
6185 ssneg_optab->libcall_basename = "ssneg";
6186 ssneg_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6187 ssneg_optab->libcall_gen = gen_signed_fixed_libfunc;
6188 usneg_optab->libcall_basename = "usneg";
6189 usneg_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6190 usneg_optab->libcall_gen = gen_unsigned_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6191 negv_optab->libcall_basename = "neg";
6192 negv_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6193 negv_optab->libcall_gen = gen_intv_fp_libfunc;
6194 one_cmpl_optab->libcall_basename = "one_cmpl";
6195 one_cmpl_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6196 one_cmpl_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6197 ffs_optab->libcall_basename = "ffs";
6198 ffs_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6199 ffs_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6200 clz_optab->libcall_basename = "clz";
6201 clz_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6202 clz_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6203 ctz_optab->libcall_basename = "ctz";
6204 ctz_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6205 ctz_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
3801c801
BS
6206 clrsb_optab->libcall_basename = "clrsb";
6207 clrsb_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6208 clrsb_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6209 popcount_optab->libcall_basename = "popcount";
6210 popcount_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6211 popcount_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
6212 parity_optab->libcall_basename = "parity";
6213 parity_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6214 parity_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
d55ab31d
MM
6215
6216 /* Comparison libcalls for integers MUST come in pairs,
6217 signed/unsigned. */
8a33f100
JH
6218 cmp_optab->libcall_basename = "cmp";
6219 cmp_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
0f996086 6220 cmp_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_fp_fixed_libfunc;
8a33f100
JH
6221 ucmp_optab->libcall_basename = "ucmp";
6222 ucmp_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6223 ucmp_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_libfunc;
d55ab31d
MM
6224
6225 /* EQ etc are floating point only. */
8a33f100
JH
6226 eq_optab->libcall_basename = "eq";
6227 eq_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6228 eq_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6229 ne_optab->libcall_basename = "ne";
6230 ne_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6231 ne_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6232 gt_optab->libcall_basename = "gt";
6233 gt_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6234 gt_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6235 ge_optab->libcall_basename = "ge";
6236 ge_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6237 ge_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6238 lt_optab->libcall_basename = "lt";
6239 lt_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6240 lt_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6241 le_optab->libcall_basename = "le";
6242 le_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6243 le_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6244 unord_optab->libcall_basename = "unord";
6245 unord_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6246 unord_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
6247
6248 powi_optab->libcall_basename = "powi";
6249 powi_optab->libcall_suffix = '2';
6250 powi_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_libfunc;
17684d46 6251
d55ab31d 6252 /* Conversions. */
8a33f100
JH
6253 sfloat_optab->libcall_basename = "float";
6254 sfloat_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_to_fp_conv_libfunc;
6255 ufloat_optab->libcall_gen = gen_ufloat_conv_libfunc;
6256 sfix_optab->libcall_basename = "fix";
6257 sfix_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_to_int_conv_libfunc;
6258 ufix_optab->libcall_basename = "fixuns";
6259 ufix_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fp_to_int_conv_libfunc;
6260 lrint_optab->libcall_basename = "lrint";
6261 lrint_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_to_fp_nondecimal_conv_libfunc;
6262 lround_optab->libcall_basename = "lround";
6263 lround_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_to_fp_nondecimal_conv_libfunc;
6264 lfloor_optab->libcall_basename = "lfloor";
6265 lfloor_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_to_fp_nondecimal_conv_libfunc;
6266 lceil_optab->libcall_basename = "lceil";
6267 lceil_optab->libcall_gen = gen_int_to_fp_nondecimal_conv_libfunc;
6268
6269 /* trunc_optab is also used for FLOAT_EXTEND. */
6270 sext_optab->libcall_basename = "extend";
6271 sext_optab->libcall_gen = gen_extend_conv_libfunc;
6272 trunc_optab->libcall_basename = "trunc";
6273 trunc_optab->libcall_gen = gen_trunc_conv_libfunc;
6274
0f996086
CF
6275 /* Conversions for fixed-point modes and other modes. */
6276 fract_optab->libcall_basename = "fract";
6277 fract_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fract_conv_libfunc;
6278 satfract_optab->libcall_basename = "satfract";
6279 satfract_optab->libcall_gen = gen_satfract_conv_libfunc;
6280 fractuns_optab->libcall_basename = "fractuns";
6281 fractuns_optab->libcall_gen = gen_fractuns_conv_libfunc;
6282 satfractuns_optab->libcall_basename = "satfractuns";
6283 satfractuns_optab->libcall_gen = gen_satfractuns_conv_libfunc;
6284
8a33f100
JH
6285 /* The ffs function operates on `int'. Fall back on it if we do not
6286 have a libgcc2 function for that width. */
6287 if (INT_TYPE_SIZE < BITS_PER_WORD)
0f900dfa
JJ
6288 set_optab_libfunc (ffs_optab, mode_for_size (INT_TYPE_SIZE, MODE_INT, 0),
6289 "ffs");
76095e2f 6290
167fa32c
EC
6291 /* Explicitly initialize the bswap libfuncs since we need them to be
6292 valid for things other than word_mode. */
cdbf4541
BS
6293 if (targetm.libfunc_gnu_prefix)
6294 {
6295 set_optab_libfunc (bswap_optab, SImode, "__gnu_bswapsi2");
6296 set_optab_libfunc (bswap_optab, DImode, "__gnu_bswapdi2");
6297 }
6298 else
6299 {
6300 set_optab_libfunc (bswap_optab, SImode, "__bswapsi2");
6301 set_optab_libfunc (bswap_optab, DImode, "__bswapdi2");
6302 }
167fa32c 6303
85363ca0
ZW
6304 /* Use cabs for double complex abs, since systems generally have cabs.
6305 Don't define any libcall for float complex, so that cabs will be used. */
6306 if (complex_double_type_node)
8a33f100 6307 set_optab_libfunc (abs_optab, TYPE_MODE (complex_double_type_node), "cabs");
76095e2f 6308
9602f5a0 6309 abort_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("abort");
76095e2f 6310 memcpy_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("memcpy");
b215b52e 6311 memmove_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("memmove");
76095e2f 6312 memcmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("memcmp");
76095e2f 6313 memset_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("memset");
68d28100 6314 setbits_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__setbits");
76095e2f 6315
6e6a07d2 6316#ifndef DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
76095e2f
RH
6317 setjmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__builtin_setjmp");
6318 longjmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__builtin_longjmp");
27a36778 6319#else
76095e2f
RH
6320 setjmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("setjmp");
6321 longjmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("longjmp");
27a36778 6322#endif
52a11cbf
RH
6323 unwind_sjlj_register_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("_Unwind_SjLj_Register");
6324 unwind_sjlj_unregister_libfunc
6325 = init_one_libfunc ("_Unwind_SjLj_Unregister");
6adb4e3a 6326
07417085
KR
6327 /* For function entry/exit instrumentation. */
6328 profile_function_entry_libfunc
76095e2f 6329 = init_one_libfunc ("__cyg_profile_func_enter");
07417085 6330 profile_function_exit_libfunc
76095e2f 6331 = init_one_libfunc ("__cyg_profile_func_exit");
07417085 6332
68d28100 6333 gcov_flush_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__gcov_flush");
68d28100 6334
159c2aed 6335 /* Allow the target to add more libcalls or rename some, etc. */
c15c90bb 6336 targetm.init_libfuncs ();
77c9c6c2 6337}
b3f8d95d 6338
b3f8d95d
MM
6339/* Print information about the current contents of the optabs on
6340 STDERR. */
6341
24e47c76 6342DEBUG_FUNCTION void
b3f8d95d
MM
6343debug_optab_libfuncs (void)
6344{
6345 int i;
6346 int j;
6347 int k;
6348
6349 /* Dump the arithmetic optabs. */
5906d013 6350 for (i = 0; i != (int) OTI_MAX; i++)
b3f8d95d
MM
6351 for (j = 0; j < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; ++j)
6352 {
6353 optab o;
8a33f100 6354 rtx l;
b3f8d95d 6355
33727b5e 6356 o = &optab_table[i];
bbbbb16a 6357 l = optab_libfunc (o, (enum machine_mode) j);
8a33f100 6358 if (l)
b3f8d95d 6359 {
8a33f100 6360 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (l) == SYMBOL_REF);
5906d013 6361 fprintf (stderr, "%s\t%s:\t%s\n",
b3f8d95d
MM
6362 GET_RTX_NAME (o->code),
6363 GET_MODE_NAME (j),
8a33f100 6364 XSTR (l, 0));
b3f8d95d
MM
6365 }
6366 }
6367
6368 /* Dump the conversion optabs. */
c414ac1d 6369 for (i = 0; i < (int) COI_MAX; ++i)
b3f8d95d
MM
6370 for (j = 0; j < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; ++j)
6371 for (k = 0; k < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; ++k)
6372 {
6373 convert_optab o;
8a33f100 6374 rtx l;
b3f8d95d 6375
33727b5e 6376 o = &convert_optab_table[i];
bbbbb16a
ILT
6377 l = convert_optab_libfunc (o, (enum machine_mode) j,
6378 (enum machine_mode) k);
8a33f100 6379 if (l)
b3f8d95d 6380 {
8a33f100 6381 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (l) == SYMBOL_REF);
5906d013 6382 fprintf (stderr, "%s\t%s\t%s:\t%s\n",
b3f8d95d
MM
6383 GET_RTX_NAME (o->code),
6384 GET_MODE_NAME (j),
6385 GET_MODE_NAME (k),
8a33f100 6386 XSTR (l, 0));
b3f8d95d
MM
6387 }
6388 }
6389}
6390
7e1966ca 6391\f
e0cd0770
JC
6392/* Generate insns to trap with code TCODE if OP1 and OP2 satisfy condition
6393 CODE. Return 0 on failure. */
6394
6395rtx
f90b7a5a 6396gen_cond_trap (enum rtx_code code, rtx op1, rtx op2, rtx tcode)
e0cd0770
JC
6397{
6398 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op1);
842a431a
DM
6399 enum insn_code icode;
6400 rtx insn;
f90b7a5a 6401 rtx trap_rtx;
e0cd0770
JC
6402
6403 if (mode == VOIDmode)
6404 return 0;
6405
947131ba 6406 icode = optab_handler (ctrap_optab, mode);
842a431a
DM
6407 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6408 return 0;
6409
f90b7a5a 6410 /* Some targets only accept a zero trap code. */
2ef6ce06 6411 if (!insn_operand_matches (icode, 3, tcode))
f90b7a5a
PB
6412 return 0;
6413
6414 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
842a431a 6415 start_sequence ();
f90b7a5a
PB
6416 prepare_cmp_insn (op1, op2, code, NULL_RTX, false, OPTAB_DIRECT,
6417 &trap_rtx, &mode);
6418 if (!trap_rtx)
6419 insn = NULL_RTX;
6420 else
6421 insn = GEN_FCN (icode) (trap_rtx, XEXP (trap_rtx, 0), XEXP (trap_rtx, 1),
6422 tcode);
6423
6424 /* If that failed, then give up. */
6425 if (insn == 0)
d893ccde
RH
6426 {
6427 end_sequence ();
6428 return 0;
6429 }
842a431a 6430
f90b7a5a
PB
6431 emit_insn (insn);
6432 insn = get_insns ();
842a431a 6433 end_sequence ();
842a431a 6434 return insn;
e0cd0770 6435}
e2500fed 6436
7ce67fbe
DP
6437/* Return rtx code for TCODE. Use UNSIGNEDP to select signed
6438 or unsigned operation code. */
6439
6440static enum rtx_code
6441get_rtx_code (enum tree_code tcode, bool unsignedp)
6442{
6443 enum rtx_code code;
6444 switch (tcode)
6445 {
6446 case EQ_EXPR:
6447 code = EQ;
6448 break;
6449 case NE_EXPR:
6450 code = NE;
6451 break;
6452 case LT_EXPR:
6453 code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT;
6454 break;
6455 case LE_EXPR:
6456 code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE;
6457 break;
6458 case GT_EXPR:
6459 code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT;
6460 break;
6461 case GE_EXPR:
6462 code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE;
6463 break;
c414ac1d 6464
7ce67fbe
DP
6465 case UNORDERED_EXPR:
6466 code = UNORDERED;
6467 break;
6468 case ORDERED_EXPR:
6469 code = ORDERED;
6470 break;
6471 case UNLT_EXPR:
6472 code = UNLT;
6473 break;
6474 case UNLE_EXPR:
6475 code = UNLE;
6476 break;
6477 case UNGT_EXPR:
6478 code = UNGT;
6479 break;
6480 case UNGE_EXPR:
6481 code = UNGE;
6482 break;
6483 case UNEQ_EXPR:
6484 code = UNEQ;
6485 break;
6486 case LTGT_EXPR:
6487 code = LTGT;
6488 break;
6489
6490 default:
e3feb571 6491 gcc_unreachable ();
7ce67fbe
DP
6492 }
6493 return code;
6494}
6495
6496/* Return comparison rtx for COND. Use UNSIGNEDP to select signed or
6497 unsigned operators. Do not generate compare instruction. */
6498
6499static rtx
6500vector_compare_rtx (tree cond, bool unsignedp, enum insn_code icode)
6501{
a5c7d693 6502 struct expand_operand ops[2];
7ce67fbe
DP
6503 enum rtx_code rcode;
6504 tree t_op0, t_op1;
6505 rtx rtx_op0, rtx_op1;
6506
e3feb571
NS
6507 /* This is unlikely. While generating VEC_COND_EXPR, auto vectorizer
6508 ensures that condition is a relational operation. */
6509 gcc_assert (COMPARISON_CLASS_P (cond));
7ce67fbe 6510
c414ac1d 6511 rcode = get_rtx_code (TREE_CODE (cond), unsignedp);
e3feb571
NS
6512 t_op0 = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
6513 t_op1 = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1);
c414ac1d 6514
7ce67fbe 6515 /* Expand operands. */
49452c07
UB
6516 rtx_op0 = expand_expr (t_op0, NULL_RTX, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t_op0)),
6517 EXPAND_STACK_PARM);
6518 rtx_op1 = expand_expr (t_op1, NULL_RTX, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t_op1)),
6519 EXPAND_STACK_PARM);
7ce67fbe 6520
a5c7d693
RS
6521 create_input_operand (&ops[0], rtx_op0, GET_MODE (rtx_op0));
6522 create_input_operand (&ops[1], rtx_op1, GET_MODE (rtx_op1));
6523 if (!maybe_legitimize_operands (icode, 4, 2, ops))
6524 gcc_unreachable ();
6525 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (rcode, VOIDmode, ops[0].value, ops[1].value);
7ce67fbe
DP
6526}
6527
8e7aa1f9 6528/* Return insn code for TYPE, the type of a VEC_COND_EXPR. */
c414ac1d
EC
6529
6530static inline enum insn_code
8e7aa1f9 6531get_vcond_icode (tree type, enum machine_mode mode)
7ce67fbe
DP
6532{
6533 enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
6534
8e7aa1f9 6535 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
f9621cc4 6536 icode = direct_optab_handler (vcondu_optab, mode);
7ce67fbe 6537 else
f9621cc4 6538 icode = direct_optab_handler (vcond_optab, mode);
7ce67fbe
DP
6539 return icode;
6540}
6541
6542/* Return TRUE iff, appropriate vector insns are available
8e7aa1f9 6543 for vector cond expr with type TYPE in VMODE mode. */
7ce67fbe
DP
6544
6545bool
8e7aa1f9 6546expand_vec_cond_expr_p (tree type, enum machine_mode vmode)
7ce67fbe 6547{
8e7aa1f9 6548 if (get_vcond_icode (type, vmode) == CODE_FOR_nothing)
7ce67fbe
DP
6549 return false;
6550 return true;
6551}
6552
8e7aa1f9
MM
6553/* Generate insns for a VEC_COND_EXPR, given its TYPE and its
6554 three operands. */
7ce67fbe
DP
6555
6556rtx
8e7aa1f9
MM
6557expand_vec_cond_expr (tree vec_cond_type, tree op0, tree op1, tree op2,
6558 rtx target)
7ce67fbe 6559{
a5c7d693 6560 struct expand_operand ops[6];
7ce67fbe 6561 enum insn_code icode;
a5c7d693 6562 rtx comparison, rtx_op1, rtx_op2;
8e7aa1f9
MM
6563 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (vec_cond_type);
6564 bool unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (vec_cond_type);
7ce67fbe 6565
8e7aa1f9 6566 icode = get_vcond_icode (vec_cond_type, mode);
7ce67fbe
DP
6567 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6568 return 0;
6569
a5c7d693 6570 comparison = vector_compare_rtx (op0, unsignedp, icode);
8e7aa1f9 6571 rtx_op1 = expand_normal (op1);
8e7aa1f9 6572 rtx_op2 = expand_normal (op2);
7ce67fbe 6573
a5c7d693
RS
6574 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
6575 create_input_operand (&ops[1], rtx_op1, mode);
6576 create_input_operand (&ops[2], rtx_op2, mode);
6577 create_fixed_operand (&ops[3], comparison);
6578 create_fixed_operand (&ops[4], XEXP (comparison, 0));
6579 create_fixed_operand (&ops[5], XEXP (comparison, 1));
6580 expand_insn (icode, 6, ops);
6581 return ops[0].value;
7ce67fbe 6582}
48ae6c13
RH
6583
6584\f
6585/* This is an internal subroutine of the other compare_and_swap expanders.
6586 MEM, OLD_VAL and NEW_VAL are as you'd expect for a compare-and-swap
6587 operation. TARGET is an optional place to store the value result of
6588 the operation. ICODE is the particular instruction to expand. Return
6589 the result of the operation. */
6590
6591static rtx
6592expand_val_compare_and_swap_1 (rtx mem, rtx old_val, rtx new_val,
6593 rtx target, enum insn_code icode)
6594{
a5c7d693 6595 struct expand_operand ops[4];
48ae6c13 6596 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
48ae6c13 6597
a5c7d693
RS
6598 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
6599 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], mem);
6600 /* OLD_VAL and NEW_VAL may have been promoted to a wider mode.
6601 Shrink them if so. */
6602 create_convert_operand_to (&ops[2], old_val, mode, true);
6603 create_convert_operand_to (&ops[3], new_val, mode, true);
6604 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 4, ops))
6605 return ops[0].value;
6606 return NULL_RTX;
48ae6c13
RH
6607}
6608
6609/* Expand a compare-and-swap operation and return its value. */
6610
6611rtx
6612expand_val_compare_and_swap (rtx mem, rtx old_val, rtx new_val, rtx target)
6613{
6614 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
f9621cc4
RS
6615 enum insn_code icode
6616 = direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6617
6618 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6619 return NULL_RTX;
6620
6621 return expand_val_compare_and_swap_1 (mem, old_val, new_val, target, icode);
6622}
6623
4a77c72b
PB
6624/* Helper function to find the MODE_CC set in a sync_compare_and_swap
6625 pattern. */
6626
6627static void
6628find_cc_set (rtx x, const_rtx pat, void *data)
6629{
6630 if (REG_P (x) && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_CC
6631 && GET_CODE (pat) == SET)
6632 {
6633 rtx *p_cc_reg = (rtx *) data;
6634 gcc_assert (!*p_cc_reg);
6635 *p_cc_reg = x;
6636 }
6637}
6638
48ae6c13
RH
6639/* Expand a compare-and-swap operation and store true into the result if
6640 the operation was successful and false otherwise. Return the result.
6641 Unlike other routines, TARGET is not optional. */
6642
6643rtx
6644expand_bool_compare_and_swap (rtx mem, rtx old_val, rtx new_val, rtx target)
6645{
6646 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
6647 enum insn_code icode;
4a77c72b 6648 rtx subtarget, seq, cc_reg;
48ae6c13
RH
6649
6650 /* If the target supports a compare-and-swap pattern that simultaneously
6651 sets some flag for success, then use it. Otherwise use the regular
6652 compare-and-swap and follow that immediately with a compare insn. */
f9621cc4 6653 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode);
4a77c72b
PB
6654 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6655 return NULL_RTX;
f12b785d 6656
e5f5fa2d 6657 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
4a77c72b
PB
6658 do
6659 {
6660 start_sequence ();
48ae6c13 6661 subtarget = expand_val_compare_and_swap_1 (mem, old_val, new_val,
4a77c72b
PB
6662 NULL_RTX, icode);
6663 cc_reg = NULL_RTX;
48ae6c13 6664 if (subtarget == NULL_RTX)
48ae6c13 6665 {
4a77c72b
PB
6666 end_sequence ();
6667 return NULL_RTX;
48ae6c13 6668 }
48ae6c13 6669
4a77c72b
PB
6670 if (have_insn_for (COMPARE, CCmode))
6671 note_stores (PATTERN (get_last_insn ()), find_cc_set, &cc_reg);
6672 seq = get_insns ();
6673 end_sequence ();
48ae6c13 6674
4a77c72b
PB
6675 /* We might be comparing against an old value. Try again. :-( */
6676 if (!cc_reg && MEM_P (old_val))
6677 {
6678 seq = NULL_RTX;
6679 old_val = force_reg (mode, old_val);
6680 }
6681 }
6682 while (!seq);
48ae6c13 6683
4a77c72b
PB
6684 emit_insn (seq);
6685 if (cc_reg)
f90b7a5a 6686 return emit_store_flag_force (target, EQ, cc_reg, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0, 1);
4a77c72b 6687 else
f90b7a5a 6688 return emit_store_flag_force (target, EQ, subtarget, old_val, VOIDmode, 1, 1);
48ae6c13
RH
6689}
6690
6691/* This is a helper function for the other atomic operations. This function
6692 emits a loop that contains SEQ that iterates until a compare-and-swap
6693 operation at the end succeeds. MEM is the memory to be modified. SEQ is
6694 a set of instructions that takes a value from OLD_REG as an input and
6695 produces a value in NEW_REG as an output. Before SEQ, OLD_REG will be
6696 set to the current contents of MEM. After SEQ, a compare-and-swap will
6697 attempt to update MEM with NEW_REG. The function returns true when the
6698 loop was generated successfully. */
6699
6700static bool
6701expand_compare_and_swap_loop (rtx mem, rtx old_reg, rtx new_reg, rtx seq)
6702{
6703 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
6704 enum insn_code icode;
4a77c72b 6705 rtx label, cmp_reg, subtarget, cc_reg;
48ae6c13
RH
6706
6707 /* The loop we want to generate looks like
6708
81ba4f39 6709 cmp_reg = mem;
48ae6c13 6710 label:
81ba4f39 6711 old_reg = cmp_reg;
48ae6c13 6712 seq;
81ba4f39
RH
6713 cmp_reg = compare-and-swap(mem, old_reg, new_reg)
6714 if (cmp_reg != old_reg)
48ae6c13
RH
6715 goto label;
6716
6717 Note that we only do the plain load from memory once. Subsequent
6718 iterations use the value loaded by the compare-and-swap pattern. */
6719
6720 label = gen_label_rtx ();
81ba4f39 6721 cmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
48ae6c13 6722
81ba4f39 6723 emit_move_insn (cmp_reg, mem);
48ae6c13 6724 emit_label (label);
81ba4f39 6725 emit_move_insn (old_reg, cmp_reg);
48ae6c13
RH
6726 if (seq)
6727 emit_insn (seq);
6728
6729 /* If the target supports a compare-and-swap pattern that simultaneously
6730 sets some flag for success, then use it. Otherwise use the regular
6731 compare-and-swap and follow that immediately with a compare insn. */
f9621cc4 6732 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode);
4a77c72b
PB
6733 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6734 return false;
48ae6c13 6735
4a77c72b
PB
6736 subtarget = expand_val_compare_and_swap_1 (mem, old_reg, new_reg,
6737 cmp_reg, icode);
6738 if (subtarget == NULL_RTX)
6739 return false;
48ae6c13 6740
4a77c72b
PB
6741 cc_reg = NULL_RTX;
6742 if (have_insn_for (COMPARE, CCmode))
6743 note_stores (PATTERN (get_last_insn ()), find_cc_set, &cc_reg);
6744 if (cc_reg)
6745 {
6746 cmp_reg = cc_reg;
6747 old_reg = const0_rtx;
6748 }
6749 else
6750 {
81ba4f39
RH
6751 if (subtarget != cmp_reg)
6752 emit_move_insn (cmp_reg, subtarget);
48ae6c13
RH
6753 }
6754
6755 /* ??? Mark this jump predicted not taken? */
4a77c72b
PB
6756 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (cmp_reg, old_reg, NE, const0_rtx, GET_MODE (cmp_reg), 1,
6757 label);
48ae6c13
RH
6758 return true;
6759}
6760
6761/* This function generates the atomic operation MEM CODE= VAL. In this
c414ac1d 6762 case, we do not care about any resulting value. Returns NULL if we
48ae6c13
RH
6763 cannot generate the operation. */
6764
6765rtx
6766expand_sync_operation (rtx mem, rtx val, enum rtx_code code)
6767{
6768 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
6769 enum insn_code icode;
6770 rtx insn;
6771
6772 /* Look to see if the target supports the operation directly. */
6773 switch (code)
6774 {
6775 case PLUS:
f9621cc4 6776 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_add_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6777 break;
6778 case IOR:
f9621cc4 6779 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_ior_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6780 break;
6781 case XOR:
f9621cc4 6782 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_xor_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6783 break;
6784 case AND:
f9621cc4 6785 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_and_optab, mode);
48ae6c13 6786 break;
f12b785d 6787 case NOT:
f9621cc4 6788 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_nand_optab, mode);
f12b785d 6789 break;
48ae6c13
RH
6790
6791 case MINUS:
f9621cc4 6792 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_sub_optab, mode);
3b010fe3 6793 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing || CONST_INT_P (val))
48ae6c13 6794 {
f9621cc4 6795 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_add_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6796 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6797 {
6798 val = expand_simple_unop (mode, NEG, val, NULL_RTX, 1);
6799 code = PLUS;
6800 }
6801 }
6802 break;
6803
48ae6c13
RH
6804 default:
6805 gcc_unreachable ();
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Generate the direct operation, if present. */
6809 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6810 {
a5c7d693 6811 struct expand_operand ops[2];
c414ac1d 6812
a5c7d693
RS
6813 create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], mem);
6814 /* VAL may have been promoted to a wider mode. Shrink it if so. */
6815 create_convert_operand_to (&ops[1], val, mode, true);
6816 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 2, ops))
6817 return const0_rtx;
48ae6c13
RH
6818 }
6819
6820 /* Failing that, generate a compare-and-swap loop in which we perform the
6821 operation with normal arithmetic instructions. */
f9621cc4
RS
6822 if (direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode)
6823 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
48ae6c13
RH
6824 {
6825 rtx t0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode), t1;
6826
6827 start_sequence ();
6828
f12b785d 6829 t1 = t0;
48ae6c13
RH
6830 if (code == NOT)
6831 {
23462d4d
UB
6832 t1 = expand_simple_binop (mode, AND, t1, val, NULL_RTX,
6833 true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6834 t1 = expand_simple_unop (mode, code, t1, NULL_RTX, true);
48ae6c13 6835 }
23462d4d
UB
6836 else
6837 t1 = expand_simple_binop (mode, code, t1, val, NULL_RTX,
6838 true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
48ae6c13
RH
6839 insn = get_insns ();
6840 end_sequence ();
6841
6842 if (t1 != NULL && expand_compare_and_swap_loop (mem, t0, t1, insn))
6843 return const0_rtx;
6844 }
6845
6846 return NULL_RTX;
6847}
6848
6849/* This function generates the atomic operation MEM CODE= VAL. In this
6850 case, we do care about the resulting value: if AFTER is true then
c414ac1d 6851 return the value MEM holds after the operation, if AFTER is false
48ae6c13
RH
6852 then return the value MEM holds before the operation. TARGET is an
6853 optional place for the result value to be stored. */
6854
6855rtx
6856expand_sync_fetch_operation (rtx mem, rtx val, enum rtx_code code,
6857 bool after, rtx target)
6858{
6859 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
6860 enum insn_code old_code, new_code, icode;
6861 bool compensate;
6862 rtx insn;
6863
6864 /* Look to see if the target supports the operation directly. */
6865 switch (code)
6866 {
6867 case PLUS:
f9621cc4
RS
6868 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_add_optab, mode);
6869 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_add_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6870 break;
6871 case IOR:
f9621cc4
RS
6872 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_ior_optab, mode);
6873 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_ior_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6874 break;
6875 case XOR:
f9621cc4
RS
6876 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_xor_optab, mode);
6877 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_xor_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6878 break;
6879 case AND:
f9621cc4
RS
6880 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_and_optab, mode);
6881 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_and_optab, mode);
48ae6c13 6882 break;
f12b785d 6883 case NOT:
f9621cc4
RS
6884 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_nand_optab, mode);
6885 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_nand_optab, mode);
f12b785d 6886 break;
48ae6c13
RH
6887
6888 case MINUS:
f9621cc4
RS
6889 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_sub_optab, mode);
6890 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_sub_optab, mode);
3b010fe3
DD
6891 if ((old_code == CODE_FOR_nothing && new_code == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6892 || CONST_INT_P (val))
48ae6c13 6893 {
f9621cc4
RS
6894 old_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_old_add_optab, mode);
6895 new_code = direct_optab_handler (sync_new_add_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
6896 if (old_code != CODE_FOR_nothing || new_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6897 {
6898 val = expand_simple_unop (mode, NEG, val, NULL_RTX, 1);
6899 code = PLUS;
6900 }
6901 }
6902 break;
6903
48ae6c13
RH
6904 default:
6905 gcc_unreachable ();
6906 }
6907
6908 /* If the target does supports the proper new/old operation, great. But
6909 if we only support the opposite old/new operation, check to see if we
6910 can compensate. In the case in which the old value is supported, then
6911 we can always perform the operation again with normal arithmetic. In
6912 the case in which the new value is supported, then we can only handle
6913 this in the case the operation is reversible. */
6914 compensate = false;
6915 if (after)
6916 {
6917 icode = new_code;
6918 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6919 {
6920 icode = old_code;
6921 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6922 compensate = true;
6923 }
6924 }
6925 else
6926 {
6927 icode = old_code;
6928 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
6929 && (code == PLUS || code == MINUS || code == XOR))
6930 {
6931 icode = new_code;
6932 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6933 compensate = true;
6934 }
6935 }
6936
6937 /* If we found something supported, great. */
6938 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6939 {
a5c7d693 6940 struct expand_operand ops[3];
48ae6c13 6941
a5c7d693
RS
6942 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
6943 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], mem);
6944 /* VAL may have been promoted to a wider mode. Shrink it if so. */
6945 create_convert_operand_to (&ops[2], val, mode, true);
6946 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 3, ops))
48ae6c13 6947 {
a5c7d693
RS
6948 target = ops[0].value;
6949 val = ops[2].value;
48ae6c13
RH
6950 /* If we need to compensate for using an operation with the
6951 wrong return value, do so now. */
6952 if (compensate)
6953 {
6954 if (!after)
6955 {
6956 if (code == PLUS)
6957 code = MINUS;
6958 else if (code == MINUS)
6959 code = PLUS;
6960 }
f12b785d
RH
6961
6962 if (code == NOT)
23462d4d
UB
6963 {
6964 target = expand_simple_binop (mode, AND, target, val,
6965 NULL_RTX, true,
6966 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6967 target = expand_simple_unop (mode, code, target,
6968 NULL_RTX, true);
6969 }
6970 else
6971 target = expand_simple_binop (mode, code, target, val,
6972 NULL_RTX, true,
6973 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
48ae6c13
RH
6974 }
6975
6976 return target;
6977 }
6978 }
6979
6980 /* Failing that, generate a compare-and-swap loop in which we perform the
6981 operation with normal arithmetic instructions. */
f9621cc4
RS
6982 if (direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode)
6983 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
48ae6c13
RH
6984 {
6985 rtx t0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode), t1;
6986
6987 if (!target || !register_operand (target, mode))
6988 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
6989
6990 start_sequence ();
6991
f12b785d
RH
6992 if (!after)
6993 emit_move_insn (target, t0);
6994 t1 = t0;
48ae6c13
RH
6995 if (code == NOT)
6996 {
23462d4d
UB
6997 t1 = expand_simple_binop (mode, AND, t1, val, NULL_RTX,
6998 true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6999 t1 = expand_simple_unop (mode, code, t1, NULL_RTX, true);
48ae6c13 7000 }
23462d4d
UB
7001 else
7002 t1 = expand_simple_binop (mode, code, t1, val, NULL_RTX,
7003 true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
48ae6c13
RH
7004 if (after)
7005 emit_move_insn (target, t1);
7006
7007 insn = get_insns ();
7008 end_sequence ();
7009
7010 if (t1 != NULL && expand_compare_and_swap_loop (mem, t0, t1, insn))
7011 return target;
7012 }
7013
7014 return NULL_RTX;
7015}
7016
7017/* This function expands a test-and-set operation. Ideally we atomically
7018 store VAL in MEM and return the previous value in MEM. Some targets
7019 may not support this operation and only support VAL with the constant 1;
c414ac1d 7020 in this case while the return value will be 0/1, but the exact value
48ae6c13
RH
7021 stored in MEM is target defined. TARGET is an option place to stick
7022 the return value. */
7023
7024rtx
7025expand_sync_lock_test_and_set (rtx mem, rtx val, rtx target)
7026{
7027 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
7028 enum insn_code icode;
48ae6c13
RH
7029
7030 /* If the target supports the test-and-set directly, great. */
f9621cc4 7031 icode = direct_optab_handler (sync_lock_test_and_set_optab, mode);
48ae6c13
RH
7032 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
7033 {
a5c7d693 7034 struct expand_operand ops[3];
48ae6c13 7035
a5c7d693
RS
7036 create_output_operand (&ops[0], target, mode);
7037 create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], mem);
7038 /* VAL may have been promoted to a wider mode. Shrink it if so. */
7039 create_convert_operand_to (&ops[2], val, mode, true);
7040 if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 3, ops))
7041 return ops[0].value;
48ae6c13
RH
7042 }
7043
7044 /* Otherwise, use a compare-and-swap loop for the exchange. */
f9621cc4
RS
7045 if (direct_optab_handler (sync_compare_and_swap_optab, mode)
7046 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
48ae6c13
RH
7047 {
7048 if (!target || !register_operand (target, mode))
7049 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7050 if (GET_MODE (val) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (val) != mode)
7051 val = convert_modes (mode, GET_MODE (val), val, 1);
7052 if (expand_compare_and_swap_loop (mem, target, val, NULL_RTX))
7053 return target;
7054 }
7055
7056 return NULL_RTX;
7057}
2ef6ce06
RS
7058\f
7059/* Return true if OPERAND is suitable for operand number OPNO of
7060 instruction ICODE. */
7061
7062bool
7063insn_operand_matches (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int opno, rtx operand)
7064{
7065 return (!insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].predicate
7066 || (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].predicate
7067 (operand, insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].mode)));
7068}
a5c7d693 7069\f
02972eaf
RS
7070/* TARGET is a target of a multiword operation that we are going to
7071 implement as a series of word-mode operations. Return true if
7072 TARGET is suitable for this purpose. */
7073
7074bool
7075valid_multiword_target_p (rtx target)
7076{
7077 enum machine_mode mode;
7078 int i;
7079
7080 mode = GET_MODE (target);
7081 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); i += UNITS_PER_WORD)
7082 if (!validate_subreg (word_mode, mode, target, i))
7083 return false;
7084 return true;
7085}
7086
4fd3a105
RS
7087/* Like maybe_legitimize_operand, but do not change the code of the
7088 current rtx value. */
7089
7090static bool
7091maybe_legitimize_operand_same_code (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int opno,
7092 struct expand_operand *op)
7093{
7094 /* See if the operand matches in its current form. */
7095 if (insn_operand_matches (icode, opno, op->value))
7096 return true;
7097
7098 /* If the operand is a memory whose address has no side effects,
7099 try forcing the address into a register. The check for side
7100 effects is important because force_reg cannot handle things
7101 like auto-modified addresses. */
7102 if (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].allows_mem
7103 && MEM_P (op->value)
7104 && !side_effects_p (XEXP (op->value, 0)))
7105 {
7106 rtx addr, mem, last;
7107
7108 last = get_last_insn ();
7109 addr = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op->value, 0));
7110 mem = replace_equiv_address (op->value, addr);
7111 if (insn_operand_matches (icode, opno, mem))
7112 {
7113 op->value = mem;
7114 return true;
7115 }
7116 delete_insns_since (last);
7117 }
7118
7119 return false;
7120}
7121
a5c7d693
RS
7122/* Try to make OP match operand OPNO of instruction ICODE. Return true
7123 on success, storing the new operand value back in OP. */
7124
7125static bool
7126maybe_legitimize_operand (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int opno,
7127 struct expand_operand *op)
7128{
7129 enum machine_mode mode, imode;
7130 bool old_volatile_ok, result;
7131
a5c7d693 7132 mode = op->mode;
a5c7d693
RS
7133 switch (op->type)
7134 {
7135 case EXPAND_FIXED:
4fd3a105 7136 old_volatile_ok = volatile_ok;
a5c7d693 7137 volatile_ok = true;
4fd3a105
RS
7138 result = maybe_legitimize_operand_same_code (icode, opno, op);
7139 volatile_ok = old_volatile_ok;
7140 return result;
a5c7d693
RS
7141
7142 case EXPAND_OUTPUT:
7143 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
4fd3a105
RS
7144 if (op->value
7145 && op->value != const0_rtx
7146 && GET_MODE (op->value) == mode
7147 && maybe_legitimize_operand_same_code (icode, opno, op))
7148 return true;
7149
7150 op->value = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
a5c7d693
RS
7151 break;
7152
7153 case EXPAND_INPUT:
7154 input:
7155 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
7156 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op->value) == VOIDmode
7157 || GET_MODE (op->value) == mode);
4fd3a105
RS
7158 if (maybe_legitimize_operand_same_code (icode, opno, op))
7159 return true;
7160
7161 op->value = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op->value);
a5c7d693
RS
7162 break;
7163
7164 case EXPAND_CONVERT_TO:
7165 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
7166 op->value = convert_to_mode (mode, op->value, op->unsigned_p);
7167 goto input;
7168
7169 case EXPAND_CONVERT_FROM:
7170 if (GET_MODE (op->value) != VOIDmode)
7171 mode = GET_MODE (op->value);
7172 else
7173 /* The caller must tell us what mode this value has. */
7174 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
7175
7176 imode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].mode;
7177 if (imode != VOIDmode && imode != mode)
7178 {
7179 op->value = convert_modes (imode, mode, op->value, op->unsigned_p);
7180 mode = imode;
7181 }
7182 goto input;
7183
7184 case EXPAND_ADDRESS:
7185 gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode);
7186 op->value = convert_memory_address (mode, op->value);
7187 goto input;
7188
7189 case EXPAND_INTEGER:
7190 mode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[opno].mode;
7191 if (mode != VOIDmode && const_int_operand (op->value, mode))
7192 goto input;
7193 break;
7194 }
4fd3a105 7195 return insn_operand_matches (icode, opno, op->value);
a5c7d693
RS
7196}
7197
7198/* Make OP describe an input operand that should have the same value
7199 as VALUE, after any mode conversion that the target might request.
7200 TYPE is the type of VALUE. */
7201
7202void
7203create_convert_operand_from_type (struct expand_operand *op,
7204 rtx value, tree type)
7205{
7206 create_convert_operand_from (op, value, TYPE_MODE (type),
7207 TYPE_UNSIGNED (type));
7208}
7209
7210/* Try to make operands [OPS, OPS + NOPS) match operands [OPNO, OPNO + NOPS)
7211 of instruction ICODE. Return true on success, leaving the new operand
7212 values in the OPS themselves. Emit no code on failure. */
7213
7214bool
7215maybe_legitimize_operands (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int opno,
7216 unsigned int nops, struct expand_operand *ops)
7217{
7218 rtx last;
7219 unsigned int i;
7220
7221 last = get_last_insn ();
7222 for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
7223 if (!maybe_legitimize_operand (icode, opno + i, &ops[i]))
7224 {
7225 delete_insns_since (last);
7226 return false;
7227 }
7228 return true;
7229}
7230
7231/* Try to generate instruction ICODE, using operands [OPS, OPS + NOPS)
7232 as its operands. Return the instruction pattern on success,
7233 and emit any necessary set-up code. Return null and emit no
7234 code on failure. */
7235
7236rtx
7237maybe_gen_insn (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int nops,
7238 struct expand_operand *ops)
7239{
f04713ee 7240 gcc_assert (nops == (unsigned int) insn_data[(int) icode].n_generator_args);
a5c7d693
RS
7241 if (!maybe_legitimize_operands (icode, 0, nops, ops))
7242 return NULL_RTX;
7243
7244 switch (nops)
7245 {
7246 case 1:
7247 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value);
7248 case 2:
7249 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value, ops[1].value);
7250 case 3:
7251 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value, ops[1].value, ops[2].value);
7252 case 4:
7253 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value, ops[1].value, ops[2].value,
7254 ops[3].value);
7255 case 5:
7256 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value, ops[1].value, ops[2].value,
7257 ops[3].value, ops[4].value);
7258 case 6:
7259 return GEN_FCN (icode) (ops[0].value, ops[1].value, ops[2].value,
7260 ops[3].value, ops[4].value, ops[5].value);
7261 }
7262 gcc_unreachable ();
7263}
7264
7265/* Try to emit instruction ICODE, using operands [OPS, OPS + NOPS)
7266 as its operands. Return true on success and emit no code on failure. */
7267
7268bool
7269maybe_expand_insn (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int nops,
7270 struct expand_operand *ops)
7271{
7272 rtx pat = maybe_gen_insn (icode, nops, ops);
7273 if (pat)
7274 {
7275 emit_insn (pat);
7276 return true;
7277 }
7278 return false;
7279}
7280
7281/* Like maybe_expand_insn, but for jumps. */
7282
7283bool
7284maybe_expand_jump_insn (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int nops,
7285 struct expand_operand *ops)
7286{
7287 rtx pat = maybe_gen_insn (icode, nops, ops);
7288 if (pat)
7289 {
7290 emit_jump_insn (pat);
7291 return true;
7292 }
7293 return false;
7294}
7295
7296/* Emit instruction ICODE, using operands [OPS, OPS + NOPS)
7297 as its operands. */
7298
7299void
7300expand_insn (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int nops,
7301 struct expand_operand *ops)
7302{
7303 if (!maybe_expand_insn (icode, nops, ops))
7304 gcc_unreachable ();
7305}
7306
7307/* Like expand_insn, but for jumps. */
7308
7309void
7310expand_jump_insn (enum insn_code icode, unsigned int nops,
7311 struct expand_operand *ops)
7312{
7313 if (!maybe_expand_jump_insn (icode, nops, ops))
7314 gcc_unreachable ();
7315}
48ae6c13 7316
e2500fed 7317#include "gt-optabs.h"